QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2002

Registration No. 333-83728



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware 5999 87-0634302
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Overstock.com, Inc.
6322 South 3000 East, Suite 100
Salt Lake City, Utah 84121
(801) 947-3100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)


Patrick Byrne
President and Chief Executive Officer
Overstock.com, Inc.
6322 South 3000 East, Suite 100
Salt Lake City, Utah 84121
(801) 947-3100
(Name and address, including zip code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Robert G. O'Connor, Esq.   Robert S. Townsend, Esq.
David R. Bowman, Esq.   Russell J. Wood, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati   Harrison S. Clay, Esq.
Professional Corporation   Morrison & Foerster LLP
2795 E. Cottonwood Parkway, Suite 300   425 Market Street
Salt Lake City, Utah 84121   San Francisco, California 94105
(801) 993-6400   (415) 268-7000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. / /

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / /

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / /

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. / /

         Overstock.com, Inc. hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until Overstock.com, Inc. shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Explanatory Note

        The purpose of this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement is solely to file Exhibits 3.1A, 3.1B, 3.2A, 3.2B, 4.2, 10.1, 10.9, 10.11, 10.14 and 10.15 to the Registration Statement, as set forth below in Item 16(a) of Part II.



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Overstock.com, Inc. in connection with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.

 
   
SEC registration fee   $ 3,386
NASD filing fee     4,180
Nasdaq National Market listing fee     95,000
Printing and engraving costs      
Legal fees and expenses      
Accounting fees and expenses      
Blue sky fees and expenses      
Transfer agent and registrar fees      
Miscellaneous expenses      
   
  Total      
   


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law.

        Article V of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

        Article 5 of our Bylaws provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and third parties acting on behalf of Overstock.com, Inc. if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to the best interest of Overstock.com, Inc., and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our Bylaws, and intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.


Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        During the last three years, we have issued unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below. As indicated below, we have relied on Regulation D, Rule 506 thereof, Rule 701 or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act with respect to the issuance of these securities.

1.
On March 9, 1999, we issued an aggregate 581,373 shares of common stock to two investors for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.

2.
On March 10, 1999, we issued 581,373 shares of common stock to an individual investor for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.

3.
On June 8, 1999, we issued 27,796,875 shares of common stock to Haverford Internet, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $3,750,000.

4.
On September 24, 1999, we issued 8,260,068 shares of common stock to Haverford Internet, LLC and six other persons for an aggregate purchase price of $994,541.

II-1


5.
On September 24, 1999, we issued 810,482 shares of common stock to an individual investor for an aggregate purchase price of $189,862.34.

6.
During September and October of 1999, we issued an aggregate of 15,919,160 shares of common stock to Haverford Internet, LLC and nine other persons for an aggregate of $1,999,999.31.

7.
In November of 1999, we issued an aggregate of 16,000,000 shares of common stock to Haverford Internet, LLC and twenty-eight other persons for an aggregate purchase price of $4,000,000.

8.
On December 28, 1999, we issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock to an individual investor for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000 in exchange for a full recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $250,000.

9.
On May 1, 2000, we issued 30,000,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 7,480,000 shares of common stock to Haverford Internet, LLC and seventeen other persons for an aggregate purchase price of $7,500,000.

10.
On May 1, 2000, we issued to one person a warrant to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.25 per share.

11.
On May 15, 2000, we issued an aggregate of 30,395,617 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 6,652,547 shares of common stock to Haverford Internet, LLC and sixteen other persons for an aggregate purchase price of $7,598,904.25.

12.
On May 15, 2000, we issued to seven persons warrants to purchase an aggregate of 746,358 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.25 per share.

13.
On June 22, 2000, we issued to one individual a warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.25 per share.

14.
On September 12, 2001, we issued to Norwich Associates L.C. a senior revolving promissory note in the principal amount of up to $7,000,000.

15.
On September 21, 2000, we issued an aggregate of 66,812,349 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 16,703,089 shares of common stock to Haverford Internet, LLC and twenty-eight other persons for an aggregate purchase price of $10,021,825.35.

16.
On November 11, 2000, we issued a promissory note to First Security Bank, N.A. in the principal amount of $3,000,000.

17.
On November 17, 2000, we issued an aggregate of 63,482,207 shares of common stock to the stockholders of Gear.com, Inc. stock in connection with our acquisition of Gear.com, Inc.

18.
On February 2, 2001, we issued an aggregate of 27,979,855 shares of common stock to Haverford Internet, LLC and one other individual for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000.

19.
On March 27, 2001, we issued a secured promissory note in the principal amount of up to $6,000,000 to High Meadows Finance L.C.

20.
On May 24, 2001, we issued 5,595,971 shares of common stock to High Meadows Finance, L.C. for an aggregate of $1,000,000.

21.
On September 17, 2001, we issued 300,000 shares of common stock to Norwich Associates L.C. as partial payment on outstanding debt under a $7,000,000 line of credit from Norwich Associates L.C.

22.
Since January 1, 1999, we have granted stock options under our stock option plans to purchase an aggregate of 32,912,241 shares of common stock (net of expirations, exercises and cancellations) at a weighed average exercise price of $0.17 per share.

II-2


23.
Since January 1, 1999, we have issued 561,565 shares of common stock (net of cancellations) under our 2001 Stock Purchase Plan at a weighted average purchase price of $0.1787.

24.
On March 4, 2002, we issued 27,166,936 shares of Series A Preferred Stock investors for an aggregate purchase price of $6,607,000.

        The foregoing transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated thereunder on the basis that these options were offered and sold either pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or pursuant to written contracts relating to consideration, as provided by Rule 701, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D, Rule 506 thereof on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering. None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.


Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

         (a)    Exhibits

Exhibit Number
  Description of Document
1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1A   Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Overstock.com, a Utah corporation and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation currently in effect
3.1B   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Overstock.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation effective upon the reincorporation of the Registrant in Delaware dated as of March 15, 2002
3.1C**   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Overstock.com, Inc. to be in effect after the completion of the offering made pursuant to this Registration Statement
3.2A   Bylaws of Overstock.com, Inc. currently in effect
3.2B   Form of Bylaws of Overstock.com, Inc. to be in effect after the reincorporation of Overstock.com, Inc. in Delaware
3.2C**   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Overstock.com, Inc. to be in effect after the closing of the offering made pursuant to this Registration Statement
4.1**   Form of specimen certificate for Overstock.com, Inc.'s common stock
4.2   Investor Rights Agreement dated March 4, 2002
5.1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Overstock.com, Inc. and each of its directors and officers
10.2*   1999 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.3*   2001 Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.4*   Gear.com Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.5**   2002 Stock Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.6*   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 3, 2000 by and between Overstock.com, Inc. and Gear.com, Inc.
10.7**   Severance Package Agreement with Scott Stewart dated June 17, 1999
10.8*   Lease Agreement dated January 23, 2002 between Overstock.com, Inc. and Holladay Building East L.L.C.
10.9   Lease Agreement dated November 27, 2001 between Overstock.com and Holladay Building East L.L.C.
10.10*   First Lease Extension Agreement dated January 25, 2002 by and between Overstock.com, Inc. and Holladay Building East L.L.C.
10.11   Lease Agreement, as amended, between 2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, L.C., and Discountsdirect, dated December 21, 1998

II-3


10.12*   Lease Agreement by and between Overstock.com, Inc. and Marvin L. Oates Trust dated March 15, 2000
10.13**   Severance Package Agreement with Douglas Greene dated June 17, 1999
10.14   Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement with Douglas Greene dated February 28, 2002
10.15†   Strategic Alliance and Product Sales Agreement dated February 26, 2002 between Overstock.com, Inc. and Safeway Inc.
23.1*   Consent of Independent Accountants
23.2*   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.3*   Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*   Power of Attorney

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. This exhibit omits the information subject to this confidentiality request.

*
Filed previously

**
To be filed by amendment

         (b)    Financial Statement Schedules

        Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.


Item 17. Undertakings

        The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification by Overstock.com, Inc. for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Overstock.com, Inc. pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Overstock.com, Inc. of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of Overstock.com, Inc. in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Overstock.com, Inc. has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Salt Lake City, State of Utah, on the 5 th day of April, 2002.

    OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/  
PATRICK M. BYRNE       
Patrick M. Byrne, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   PATRICK M. BYRNE       
(Patrick M. Byrne)
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   April 5, 2002

*

(Jason C. Lindsey)

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

April 5, 2002

*

(John Pettway)

 

Director

 

April 5, 2002

*

(John J. Byrne)

 

Director

 

April 5, 2002

*

(Gordon S. Macklin)

 

Director

 

April 5, 2002

*

(Gary D. Kennedy)

 

Director

 

April 5, 2002


(Allison H. Abraham)

 

Director

 

April 5, 2002
* By   /s/   PATRICK M. BYRNE       
Patrick M. Byrne
Attorney-in-Fact
       

II-5



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number
  Description of Document
1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1A   Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Overstock.com, Inc., a Utah corporation and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation currently in effect
3.1B   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Overstock.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation effective upon the reincorporation of the Registrant in Delaware dated as of March 15, 2002
3.1C**   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Overstock.com, Inc. to be in effect after the completion of the offering made pursuant to this Registration Statement
3.2A   Bylaws of Overstock.com, Inc. currently in effect
3.2B   Form of Bylaws of Overstock.com, Inc. to be in effect after the reincorporation of Overstock.com, Inc. in Delaware
3.2C**   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Overstock.com, Inc. to be in effect after the closing of the offering made pursuant to this Registration Statement
4.1**   Form of specimen certificate for Overstock.com, Inc.'s common stock
4.2   Investor Rights Agreement dated March 4, 2002
5.1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Overstock.com, Inc. and each of its directors and officers
10.2*   1999 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.3*   2001 Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.4*   Gear.com Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.5**   2002 Stock Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.6*   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 3, 2000 by and between Overstock.com, Inc. and Gear.com, Inc.
10.7**   Severance Package Agreement with Scott Stewart dated June 17, 1999
10.8*   Lease Agreement dated January 23, 2002 between Overstock.com, Inc. and Holladay Building East L.L.C.
10.9   Lease Agreement dated November 27, 2001 between Overstock.com and Holladay Building East L.L.C.
10.10*   First Lease Extension Agreement dated January 25, 2002 by and between Overstock.com, Inc. and Holladay Building East L.L.C.
10.11   Lease Agreement, as amended, between 2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, L.C., and Discountsdirect, dated December 21, 1998
10.12*   Lease Agreement by and between Overstock.com, Inc. and Marvin L. Oates Trust dated March 15, 2000
10.13**   Severance Package Agreement with Douglas Greene dated June 17, 1999
10.14   Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement with Douglas Greene dated February 28, 2002
10.15†   Strategic Alliance and Product Sales Agreement dated February 26, 2002 between Overstock.com, Inc. and Safeway Inc.
23.1*   Consent of Independent Accountants
23.2*   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.3*   Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*   Power of Attorney

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. This exhibit omits the information subject to this confidentiality request.

*
Filed previously

**
To be filed by amendment



QuickLinks

PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 17. Undertakings
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3.1A

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

 

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

Overstock.com, Inc., a Utah corporation (the “ Company ”), acting pursuant to Sections 16-10a-602 and 16-10a-1002 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (the “ Act ”), hereby submits for filing these Articles of Amendment to its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and hereby certifies as follows:

1.             The name of the Company is Overstock.com, Inc.

2.             The following text is added to the end of Article III of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation as previously in effect (the “Amendment”):

Preferred Stock .

 

1.1          Designation of Series A Preferred Stock .

 

(a)           Series A Preferred Stock .  Thirty million eight hundred thirty-eight thousand eight hundred sixteen (30,838,816) shares of the 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized in the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation are hereby designated as “Series A Preferred Stock.”  To the extent that shares of Series A Preferred Stock are, following their initial issuance, converted as hereinafter provided or repurchased by the Company, the number of shares in such series shall be automatically reduced, without further action by the shareholders or the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)           Definitions .  For purposes of this Article III, the following definitions shall apply:

(i)            “ Conversion Price ” shall initially mean $0.2432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth elsewhere herein).

(ii)           “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities (other than shares of Series A Preferred Stock) convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(iii)          “ Distribution ” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, payable other than in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Company for cash or property other than:  (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Company in connection with

 

1



 

the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Company approved by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of the Company and the holders of at least 65% of the Series A Preferred Stock of the Company voting as separate classes.

(iv)          “ Dividend Rate ” for the Series A Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate shall be an annual, fixed dividend of $0.019456 per share (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations of Series A Preferred as set forth elsewhere herein).

(v)           “ Liquidation Preference ” shall mean $0.2432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations of Series A Preferred Stock as set forth elsewhere herein).

(vi)          “ Merger or Consolidation ” shall mean the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or resulting entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions.

(vii)         “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(viii)        “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date of the first issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(ix)           “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.2432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for any Recapitalization of Series A Preferred Stock as set forth elsewhere herein).

(x)            “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company with an offering price per share of $0.3648 (as appropriately adjusted for Recapitalizations) and aggregate offering proceeds to the Company of not less than $20,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) and a listing of the Company’s equity securities on the NASDAQ-NMS or other national exchange.

(xi)           “ Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

(xii)          “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2



 

1.2          Dividends .

(a)           Series A Preferred Stock .  The holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, to receive dividends out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on any other class or series of capital stock of the Company.  Payment of declared and accrued (pursuant to Section 1.2(c)) but unpaid dividends shall be in cash or, at the mutual agreement of the holder of such shares and the Company, in Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock per holder into which such dividends may be converted being determined by dividing the aggregate amount of the declared but unpaid and accrued but unpaid dividends due such holder by the then fair market value of one share of Common Stock.  Such dividend preference shall not be cumulative except as expressly provided in Section 1.2(c).

(b)           Dividends on Common Stock .  After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends as described in Section 1.2(a) and 1.2(c), any additional dividends (other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock) declared or paid in any fiscal year shall be declared or paid among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 1.4 hereof).

(c)           Cumulative Dividends .  In the event that the Company has not by March 31, 2003, completed its initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the dividends described in Section 1.2(a) shall become cumulative.  Such dividends shall be cumulative from April 1, 2003 and payable (i) when and as declared by the Board of Directors, (ii) upon a Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 1.3(d) below),  (iii) upon a Qualified Public Offering or (iv) pursuant to Section 1.5 below.

(d)           Non-Cash Distributions .

(i)        Distributions other than Common Stock .  Except as provided in subsection (ii) below, whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 1.2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii)       Common Stock .  For purposes of this Section 1.2, the fair market value of one share of common stock shall be: (x) the initial “price to public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to a Qualified Offering; (y) the value received by the holders of Common Stock pursuant to a Merger or Consolidation for each share of such securities; or (z) as determined pursuant to Section 1.2(d)(i) above if there is no Qualified Offering or Merger or Consolidation.

1.3          Liquidation Rights .

(a)           Liquidation Preference .  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference and (ii) all declared but unpaid and accrued but unpaid dividends on such share of Series A Preferred Stock.  If, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally

 

3



 

available for distribution to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 1.3(a), then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 1.3(a).

(b)           Common Stock Liquidation Preference .  After the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above, the remaining assets of the Company,  in an amount not to exceed the amount of the common stock paid in capital as reflected on the Company’s December 31, 2001 audited balance sheet, legally available for distribution by the Company, shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, without the shares of Series A Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock.  If, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 1.3(b), then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution after payment to the holders of Series A Preferred of the full preferential amounts specified above shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Common Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 1.3(b).

(c)           Remaining Assets .  After the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above in Sections 1.3(a) and 1.3(b), the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution by the Company shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate.

(d)           Liquidation Events .  For purposes of this Section 1.3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (a “ Liquidation Event ”) shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) a Merger or Consolidation; (ii) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary.

(e)           Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration .  If any assets of the Company distributed to shareholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to shareholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company shall be valued as follows:

(i)            If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be to the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 10 trading day period ending 5 trading days prior to the Distribution;

 

4



 

(ii)           if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the 10 trading day period ending 5 trading days prior to the Distribution.

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Company by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

1.4          Conversion .  The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a)           Right to Convert .  Subject to the provisions of Section 1.4(b), each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred Stock by the then effective Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock.  (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Rate ” for the Series A Preferred Stock.)  Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 1.4, the Conversion Rate for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b)           Automatic Conversion .  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (i) the sum of the Original Issue Price plus all declared but unpaid and accrued but unpaid dividends, if applicable, by (ii) the then effective Conversion Price for such share, upon the earlier to occur of: (1) immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Public Offering or (2) the written consent of the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (each of the events referred to in (1) and (2) are referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion Event ”).

(c)           Mechanics of Conversion .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.  For such purpose, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash.  Before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same; provided, however , that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically, without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided further , however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock are delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. 

 

5



 

On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Company, that notice from the Company shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

(d)           Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

(i)       Special Definition .  For purposes of this Section 1.4(d), “ Additional Shares of Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 1.4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Company after the Original Issue Date other than :

(1)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock;
(2)           up to 79,671,136 shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, consultants, directors or other service providers for compensatory purposes and in accordance with stock plans approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plans (net of any repurchase of such shares or cancellations or expiration of such options);
(3)           shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise, exchange, adjustment or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of the filing of these Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (other than options outstanding pursuant to stock plans covered under Section 1.4(d)(i)(2) above);
(4)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to a stock split, as a dividend or distribution on Series A Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 1.4(e), (f) or (g) hereof;
(5)           shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified Public Offering;
(6)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(7)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to bona fide equipment lease and bank financing arrangements approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(8)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with transactions of a strategic nature for which the primary purpose is other than raising equity capital and which is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(9)           shares of Common Stock which the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock agree in writing shall not constitute Additional Shares of Common, each such agreement to be deemed effective immediately prior to the related issuance.

 

6



 

(ii)      No Adjustment of Conversion Price .  No adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to Section 1.4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for the Series A Preferred Stock.

(iii)     Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common .  In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1)           no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;
(2)           if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase in the consideration payable to the Company, or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;
(3)           no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;
(4)           upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:
a)             in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the

 

7



 

Company for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Company upon such conversion or exchange, and

b)            in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Company for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Company (determined pursuant to Section 1.4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and
(5)           if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 1.4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv)     Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common .  In the event this Company shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 1.4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Series A Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price equal to the consideration per share of such Additional Shares of Common; provided , however , that if, immediately prior to any adjustment to the Conversion Price, the then current Conversion Price is less than $0.1702 (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations after the Original Issue Date), then, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued.  For the purposes of this Section 1.4(d)(iv), shares of Common Stock issuable upon (i) conversion of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (ii) exercise of Options or conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities shall not be deemed to be outstanding.

(v)      Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Section 1.4(d), the consideration received by the Company for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1)           Cash and Property .  Such consideration shall:
a)             insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or dividends;

 

8



 

b)            insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and
c)             in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(2)           Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 1.4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing
a)             the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by
b)            the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e)           Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock .  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f)            Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Series A Preferred Stock .  In the event the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

9



 

(g)           Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution .  Subject to Section 1.3 above (the “ Liquidation Rights ”), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, each holder of such Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Series A Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(h)           No Impairment .  The Company will not through any amendment of its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended hereby (its “Articles of Incorporation”), or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 1.4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock against impairment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 1.4(h) shall prohibit the Company from amending its Articles of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its shareholders and the board of directors.

(i)            Adjustment in the Event of No Qualified Public Offering .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company has not closed a Qualified Public Offering by March 31, 2003, the then-applicable Conversion Price for each share of Series A Preferred will automatically adjust down to the lower of (i) $0.1702 (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations after the Original Issue Date) or (ii) the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock.  For purposes of this Section 1.4(j), the fair market value of one share of Common Stock shall be: (i) the price per share of the Common Stock sold in the transaction in which the Company sells shares of Common Stock that is consummated during 2002 or 2003 that is nearest in time to the time of adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.4(j), or (ii) if no such transaction has occurred, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(j)            The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.5 below.

(k)           Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 1.4, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

10



 

(l)            Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(m)          Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

1.5          Redemption .

(a)           Redemption Dates .  If the Series A Preferred Stock has not been converted pursuant to Section 1.4 above prior to the fourth anniversary of the Original Issue Date and a holder of Series A Preferred Stock provides the Redemption Notice in accordance with Section 1.5(d) below, the Company shall redeem (to the extent that such redemption shall not violate any applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Utah) at a price equal to (i) the Original Issue Price per share, plus (ii) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid and any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon (such amount is hereinafter referred to as the “ Redemption Price ”), in two equal yearly installments beginning on the next anniversary of the Original Issue Date which anniversary is at least 90 days following the date the Company receives the Redemption Notice (the “ Redemption Date ”).

(b)           Unredeemed Shares .  If the Company is unable at any Redemption Date to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock then to be redeemed (“ Unredeemed Shares ”) because such redemption would violate the applicable laws of the State of Utah, then the Company shall redeem such shares as soon thereafter as redemption would not violate such laws.  If the Company fails to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock then to be redeemed within 30 days of the applicable Redemption Date, the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock will be immediately reduced to an amount equal to 90% of such then applicable Conversion Price, and, until such redemption has been made, such applicable Conversion Price will be further reduced on the 90 th day following the applicable Redemption Date and on the last day of each 90-day period thereafter, to an amount equal to 90% of the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to each such reduction.

(c)           Partial Redemption .  In the event of any redemption of only a part of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (including Unredeemed Shares), the Company shall effect such redemption pro rata among the holders thereof electing redemption (based on the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holders as of 90 days prior to the initial Redemption Date).

(d)           Redemption Notice and Procedure .  If a holder of Series A Preferred Stock elects to redeem its Series A Preferred Stock, such holder must provide written notice to the Company of such election (the “ Redemption Notice ”) at least 90 days in advance of the initial Redemption Date.  On or

 

11



 

prior to the each Redemption Date or other redemption date, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Company and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled.  In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.  From and after the Redemption Date or other redemption date unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock designated for redemption (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

(e)           Effect of Redemption .  Except as provided in this Section 1.5(e), the Company shall have no right to redeem the shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock so redeemed shall be permanently retired, shall no longer be deemed outstanding and shall not under any circumstances be reissued, and the Company may from time to time take such appropriate corporate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized Series A Preferred Stock accordingly.

1.6          Voting .

(a)           Series A Preferred Stock .  The holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Series A Preferred Stock could then be converted (with any fractional share determined on an aggregate conversion basis not being able to be voted), and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock (except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, voting together with the Common Stock as a single class), and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.

(b)           Election of Directors .  The number of directors of the Company shall be fixed from time to time according to the Company’s Bylaws.  All members of the Company’s Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.  Shareholders do not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors and elections need not be by written ballot unless required by the Bylaws or applicable law.

1.7          Protective Provisions .  As long as any of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of 65% of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock:

(a)           authorize, create or issue, or obligate itself to authorize, create or issue, any other equity security (by reclassification or otherwise), including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or on parity with, the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends or upon liquidation;

(b)           amend or repeal or add any provision to its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, if such action would (i) adversely affect the preferences, rights, privileges, or powers of, or restrictions

 

12



 

provided for the benefit of the Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any class of stock or the Series A Preferred;

(c)           increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan above 70,558,406;

(d)           increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Purchase Plan above 10,000,000; or

(e)           amend this Section 1.7.”

3.             The Amendment was approved and adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on March 4, 2002 without shareholder action because shareholder action was not required pursuant to Sections 16-10a-602 and 16-10a-1002 of the Act.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , these Articles of Amendment are hereby executed as of the 4th day of March, 2002.

 

 

/s/ Patrick Byrne

Patrick Byrne

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

13



AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
of
OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

(To Become Effective 5:00 p.m. September 21, 2000)

The undersigned, Patrick Byrne, being the President and Chief Executive Officer of deals.com, Inc., a Utah corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies the following:

1.             The Articles of Incorporation of the Company have been amended and restated to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of this corporation is “Overstock.com, Inc.” (the “Company”).

ARTICLE II

The purposes for which the Company is organized is to engaged in any lawful activity allowed by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (the “Act”).

ARTICLE III

CAPITALIZATION

Authorized Capital .  The aggregate number of shares which the Company shall have the authority to issue is Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares.  Of this amount, Four Hundred and Fifty Million (450,000,000) shares shall be designated “Common Stock,” with no par value, and Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares shall be designated “Preferred Stock,” having rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as set forth herein and as determined at some future time by the Company’s Board of Directors in its discretion pursuant to Section 602 of the Act.

Common Stock .  The Common Stock shall have unlimited voting rights with each share of Common Stock entitling the holder thereof to one vote.  The Common Stock is entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors.  Subject to the terms of the Preferred Stock, the Common Stock is entitled to the net assets of the Company upon liquidation.



ARTICLE IV

The address of the registered office of the Corporation is 2855 East Cottonwood Parkway, Suite 500, Salt Lake City, Utah  84121.  The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is Jason Lindsey.

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

A director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action as a director, except liability for:  (i) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which such director is not entitled; (ii) an intentional infliction of harm on the Company or the shareholders; (iii) a violation of Section 842 of the Act; or (iv) an intentional violation of criminal law.  If the laws of the State of Utah are amended after the adoption of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Utah, as so amended.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Company shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

[End of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation]

2.             These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were approved and recommended to the shareholders of the Company by its Board of Directors on August 18, 2000.

3.             The Company has 157,023,527 shares of outstanding Common Stock that were entitled to vote on these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.  Pursuant to written consent, effective as of September 11, 2000, the holders of 88,216,556 shares of Common Stock (56.1% of the shares issued and outstanding) consented to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation as stated herein, and therefore, the number of shares voting in favor of the proposed Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation by each voting group entitled to vote thereon was sufficient for approval by that voting group.

4.             These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation shall, in accordance with Section 129 of the Act, become effective at 5:00 p.m. September 21, 2000.



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation as of this 18th day of September, 2000.

        /s/ Karla Bourland                                               

Karla Bourland, President

 

 





Exhibit 3.1B

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

 

                Overstock.com, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

A.                                    The name of the Corporation is Overstock.com, Inc.  The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 27, 2002.

B.                                      This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

C.                                      The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

 

 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Overstock.com, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Patrick Byrne, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on March 15, 2002.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Patrick M. Byrne

 

Patrick Byrne,
President and Chief Executive Officer



Exhibit A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of this corporation is “Overstock.com, Inc.” (the “ Company ”).

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purposes for which the Company is organized is to engage in any lawful activity allowed by Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE III

CAPITALIZATION

Authorized Capital .  The aggregate number of shares which the Company shall have the authority to issue is Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares.  Of this amount, Four Hundred and Fifty Million (450,000,000) shares shall be designated “ Common Stock ,” with a par value of $0.0001, and Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares shall be designated “ Preferred Stock ,” with a par value of $0.0001, having rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as set forth herein and as determined at some future time by the Company’s Board of Directors in its discretion pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL.

Common Stock .  The Common Stock shall have unlimited voting rights with each share of Common Stock entitling the holder thereof to one vote.  The Common Stock is entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors.  Subject to the terms of the Preferred Stock, the Common Stock is entitled to the net assets of the Company upon liquidation.

Preferred Stock .

 

3.1  Designation of Series A Preferred Stock .

 

(a)   Series A Preferred Stock .  Thirty million eight hundred thirty-eight thousand eight hundred sixteen (30,838,816) shares of the authorized 50,000,000 shares are hereby designated as “Series A Preferred Stock.”  To the extent that shares of Series A Preferred Stock are, following their initial issuance, converted as hereinafter provided or repurchased by the Company, the number of shares in such series shall be automatically reduced, without further action by the stockholders or the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)   Definitions .  For purposes of this Article III, the following definitions shall apply:

 

2



 

(i)    “ Conversion Price ” shall initially mean $0.2432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth elsewhere herein).

(ii)   “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities (other than shares of Series A Preferred Stock) convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(iii)  “ Distribution ” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, payable other than in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Company for cash or property other than:  (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Company approved by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of the Company and the holders of at least 65% of the Series A Preferred Stock of the Company voting as separate classes.

(iv)  “ Dividend Rate ” for the Series A Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate shall be an annual, fixed dividend of $0.019456 per share (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations of Series A Preferred as set forth elsewhere herein).

(v)   “ Liquidation Preference ” shall mean $0.2432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations of Series A Preferred Stock as set forth elsewhere herein).

(vi)  “ Merger or Consolidation ” shall mean the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or resulting entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions.

(vii) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(viii) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date of the first issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(ix)   “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.2432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for any Recapitalization of Series A Preferred Stock as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

3



 

(x)    “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company with an offering price per share of $0.3648 (as appropriately adjusted for Recapitalizations) and aggregate offering proceeds to the Company of not less than $20,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) and a listing of the Company’s equity securities on the NASDAQ-NMS or other national exchange.

(xi)   “ Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

(xii) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

3.2  Dividends .

(a)   Series A Preferred Stock .  The holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, to receive dividends out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on any other class or series of capital stock of the Company.  Payment of declared and accrued (pursuant to Section 3.2(c)) but unpaid dividends shall be in cash or, at the mutual agreement of the holder of such shares and the Company, in Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock per holder into which such dividends may be converted being determined by dividing the aggregate amount of the declared but unpaid and accrued but unpaid dividends due such holder by the then fair market value of one share of Common Stock.  Such dividend preference shall not be cumulative except as expressly provided in Section 3.2(c).

(b)   Dividends on Common Stock .  After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends as described in Section 3.2(a) and 3.2(c), any additional dividends (other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock) declared or paid in any fiscal year shall be declared or paid among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 3.4 hereof).

(c)   Cumulative Dividends .  In the event that the Company has not by March 31, 2003, completed its initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the dividends described in Section 3.2(a) shall become cumulative.  Such dividends shall be cumulative from April 1, 2003 and payable (i) when and as declared by the Board of Directors, (ii) upon a Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3.3(d) below),  (iii) upon a Qualified Public Offering or (iv) pursuant to Section 3.5 below.

(d)   Non-Cash Distributions .

(i)    Distributions other than Common Stock .  Except as provided in subsection (ii) below, whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 3.2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

4



 

(ii)       Common Stock .  For purposes of this Section 3.2, the fair market value of one share of common stock shall be: (x) the initial “price to public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to a Qualified Public Offering; (y) the value received by the holders of Common Stock pursuant to a Merger or Consolidation for each share of such securities; or (z) as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(d)(i) above if there is no Qualified Public Offering or Merger or Consolidation.

3.3  Liquidation Rights .

(a)   Liquidation Preference .  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference and (ii) all declared but unpaid and accrued but unpaid dividends on such share of Series A Preferred Stock.  If, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3.3(a), then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.3(a).

(b)   Common Stock Liquidation Preference .  After the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above, the remaining assets of the Company,  in an amount not to exceed the amount of the common stock paid in capital as reflected on the Company’s December 31, 2001 audited balance sheet, legally available for distribution by the Company, shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, without the shares of Series A Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock.  If, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3.3(b), then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution after payment to the holders of Series A Preferred of the full preferential amounts specified above shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Common Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.3(b).

(c)   Remaining Assets .  After the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above in Sections 3.3(a) and 3.3(b), the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution by the Company shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate.

(d)   Liquidation Events .  For purposes of this Section 3.3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (a “ Liquidation Event ”) shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) a Merger or Consolidation; (ii) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets

 

5



 

of the Company; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary.

(e)   Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration .  If any assets of the Company distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company shall be valued as follows:

(i)    If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be to the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 10 trading day period ending 5 trading days prior to the Distribution;

(ii)   if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the 10 trading day period ending 5 trading days prior to the Distribution.

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Company by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

3.4  Conversion .  The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a)   Right to Convert .  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4(b), each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred Stock by the then effective Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock.  (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Rate ” for the Series A Preferred Stock.)  Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 3.4, the Conversion Rate for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b)   Automatic Conversion .  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (i) the sum of the Original Issue Price plus all declared but unpaid and accrued but unpaid dividends, if applicable, by (ii) the then effective Conversion Price for such share, upon the earlier to occur of: (1) immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Public Offering or (2) the written consent of the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (each of the events referred to in (1) and (2) are referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion Event ”).

(c)   Mechanics of Conversion .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.  For such purpose, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be

 

6



 

aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash.  Before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same; provided, however , that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically, without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided further , however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock are delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.  On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Company, that notice from the Company shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

(d)   Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

(i)    Special Definition .  For purposes of this Section 3.4(d), “ Additional Shares of Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Company after the Original Issue Date other than :

(1)   shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock;
(2)   up to 79,671,136 shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, consultants, directors or other service providers for compensatory purposes and in accordance with stock plans approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plans (net of any repurchase of such shares or cancellations or expiration of such options);
(3)   shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise, exchange, adjustment or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of March 4, 2002 of Overstock.com, Inc., a Utah corporation and predecessor to the Company (other than options outstanding pursuant to stock plans covered under Section 3.4(d)(i)(2) above);
(4)   shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to a stock split, as a dividend or distribution on Series A Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 3.4(e), (f) or (g) hereof;
(5)   shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified Public Offering;

 

7



 

(6)   shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(7)   shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to bona fide equipment lease and bank financing arrangements approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(8)   shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with transactions of a strategic nature for which the primary purpose is other than raising equity capital and which is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(9)   shares of Common Stock which the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock agree in writing shall not constitute Additional Shares of Common, each such agreement to be deemed effective immediately prior to the related issuance.

(ii)   No Adjustment of Conversion Price .  No adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for the Series A Preferred Stock.

(iii)  Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common .  In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1)   no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;
(2)   if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase in the consideration payable to the Company, or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

 

8



 

(3)   no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;
(4)   upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:
a)     in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Company upon such conversion or exchange, and
b)    in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Company for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Company (determined pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and
(5)   if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3.4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv)  Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common .  In the event this Company shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Series A Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price equal to the consideration per share of such Additional Shares of Common; provided , however , that if, immediately prior to any adjustment to the Conversion Price, the then current Conversion Price is less than $0.1702 (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations after the Original Issue Date), then, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and

 

9



 

the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued.  For the purposes of this Section 3.4(d)(iv), shares of Common Stock issuable upon (i) conversion of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (ii) exercise of Options or conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities shall not be deemed to be outstanding.

(v)   Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Section 3.4(d), the consideration received by the Company for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1)   Cash and Property .  Such consideration shall:
a)     insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or dividends;
b)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and
c)     in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(2)   Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing
a)     the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by
b)    the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e)   Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock .  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock,

 

10



 

the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f)    Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Series A Preferred Stock .  In the event the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(g)   Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution .  Subject to Section 3.3 above (the “ Liquidation Rights ”), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, each holder of such Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Series A Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(h)   No Impairment .  The Company will not through any amendment of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended hereby (its “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3.4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock against impairment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 3.4(h) shall prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its stockholders and the board of directors.

(i)    Adjustment in the Event of No Qualified Public Offering .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company has not closed a Qualified Public Offering by March 31, 2003, the then-applicable Conversion Price for each share of Series A Preferred will automatically adjust down to the lower of $0.1702 (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations after the Original Issue Date) or the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock.  For purposes of this Section 3.4(i), the fair market value of one share of Common Stock shall be: (A) the price per share of the Common Stock sold in the transaction in which the Company sells shares of Common Stock that is consummated during 2002 or 2003 that is nearest in time to the time of adjustment pursuant to this Section 3.4(i), or (B) if no such transaction has occurred, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

11



 

(j)    The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.5 below.

(k)   Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock.

(l)    Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(m)  Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

3.5  Redemption .

(a)   Redemption Dates .  If the Series A Preferred Stock has not been converted pursuant to Section 3.4 above prior to the fourth anniversary of the Original Issue Date and a holder of Series A Preferred Stock provides the Redemption Notice in accordance with Section 3.5(d) below, the Company shall redeem (to the extent that such redemption shall not violate any applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware) at a price equal to (i) the Original Issue Price per share, plus (ii) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid and any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon (such amount is hereinafter referred to as the “ Redemption Price ”), in two equal yearly installments beginning on the next anniversary of the Original Issue Date which anniversary is at least 90 days following the date the Company receives the Redemption Notice (the “ Redemption Date ”).

(b)   Unredeemed Shares .  If the Company is unable at any Redemption Date to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock then to be redeemed (“ Unredeemed Shares ”) because such redemption would violate the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, then the Company shall redeem such shares as soon thereafter as redemption would not violate such laws.  If the Company fails to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock then to be redeemed within 30 days of the applicable Redemption Date, the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock will be

 

12



 

immediately reduced to an amount equal to 90% of such then applicable Conversion Price, and, until such redemption has been made, such applicable Conversion Price will be further reduced on the 90 th day following the applicable Redemption Date and on the last day of each 90-day period thereafter, to an amount equal to 90% of the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to each such reduction.

(c)   Partial Redemption .  In the event of any redemption of only a part of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (including Unredeemed Shares), the Company shall effect such redemption pro rata among the holders thereof electing redemption (based on the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holders as of 90 days prior to the initial Redemption Date).

(d)   Redemption Notice and Procedure .  If a holder of Series A Preferred Stock elects to redeem its Series A Preferred Stock, such holder must provide written notice to the Company of such election (the “ Redemption Notice ”) at least 90 days in advance of the initial Redemption Date.  On or prior to the each Redemption Date or other redemption date, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Company and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled.  In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.  From and after the Redemption Date or other redemption date unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock designated for redemption (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

(e)   Effect of Redemption .  Except as provided in this Section 3.5(e), the Company shall have no right to redeem the shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock so redeemed shall be permanently retired, shall no longer be deemed outstanding and shall not under any circumstances be reissued, and the Company may from time to time take such appropriate corporate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized Series A Preferred Stock accordingly.

3.6  Voting .

(a)   Series A Preferred Stock .  The holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Series A Preferred Stock could then be converted (with any fractional share determined on an aggregate conversion basis not being able to be voted), and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock (except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, voting together with the Common Stock as a single class), and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.

(b)   Election of Directors .  The number of directors of the Company shall be fixed from time to time according to the Company’s Bylaws.  All members of the Company’s Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a

 

13



 

single class.  Stockholders do not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors and elections need not be by written ballot unless required by the Bylaws or applicable law.

3.7  Protective Provisions .  As long as any of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of 65% of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock:

(a)   authorize, create or issue, or obligate itself to authorize, create or issue, any other equity security (by reclassification or otherwise), including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or on parity with, the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends or upon liquidation;

(b)   amend or repeal or add any provision to its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, if such action would (i) adversely affect the preferences, rights, privileges, or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any class of stock or the Series A Preferred;

(c)   increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan above 70,558,406;

(d)   increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Purchase Plan above 10,000,000; or

(e)   amend this Section 3.7.

ARTICLE IV

REGISTERED AGENT AND ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OFFICE

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

5.1  Limitation of Liability.

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as it may hereafter be amended, the directors of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

5.2  Indemnification of Corporate Agents.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, directors, officers, employees, or other agents of the Company and any other person to which the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the Company to provide indemnification.

5.3  Repeal or Modification.

Any repeal or modification of this Article V, by amendment of such article or by operation of law, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any such person with respect to any acts or omissions in their capacity as a director, officer, employee, or other agent of the Company occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby executed as of the 15th day of March, 2002.

 

 

 

/s/ Patrick M. Byrne

 

Patrick Byrne
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 





Exhibit  3.2A

 

 

 

BYLAWS OF

 

 

D2 DISCOUNTS DIRECT, INC.

 

 

Adopted by Resolution Effective January 1, 1999

 

 

 



 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1.  OFFICES

 

 

1.1.

Business Offices

 

 

1.2.

Registered Office

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2.  SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

2.1.

Annual Meeting

 

 

2.2.

Special Meetings

 

 

2.3.

Place of Meeting

 

 

2.4.

Notice of Meeting

 

 

2.4.(a)

Content and Mailings Requirements

 

 

2.4.(b)

Effective Date

 

 

2.4.(c)

Effect of Adjournment

 

 

2.5.

Waiver of Notice

 

 

2.5.(a)

Written Waiver

 

 

2.5.(b)

Attendance at Meetings

 

 

2.6.

Record Date

 

 

2.6.(a)

Fixing of Record Date

 

 

2.6.(b)

Effect of Adjournment

 

 

2.7.

Shareholder List

 

 

2.8.

Shareholder Quorum and Voting Requirements

 

 

2.8.(a)

Quorum

 

 

2.8.(b)

Voting Groups

 

 

2.8.(c)

Shareholder Action

 

 

2.9.

Proxies

 

 

2.10.

Voting of Shares

 

 

2.11.

Meetings by Telecommunications

 

 

2.12.

Action Without a Meeting

 

 

2.12.(a)

Written Consent

 

 

2.12.(b)

Post-Consent Notice

 

 

2.12.(c)

Effective Date and Revocation of Consents

 

 

2.12.(d)

Unanimous Consent for Election of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

3.1.

General Powers

 

 

3.2.

Number, Tenure and Qualifications

 

 

3.3.

Regular Meetings

 

 

 

 



 

 

3.4.

Special Meetings

 

 

3.5.

Notice of Special Meetings

 

 

3.6.

Quorum and Voting

 

 

3.6.(a)

Quorum

 

 

3.6.(b)

Voting

 

 

3.6.(c)

Presumption of Assent

 

 

3.7.

Meetings by Telecommunications

 

 

3.8.

Action Without a Meeting

 

 

3.9.

Resignation

 

 

3.10.

Removal

 

 

3.11.

Vacancies

 

 

3.12.

Compensation

 

 

3.13.

Committees

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4.  OFFICERS

 

 

4.1.

Number

 

 

4.2.

Appointment and Term of Office

 

 

4.3.

Removal

 

 

4.4.

Resignation

 

 

4.5.

Authority and Duties of Officers

 

 

4.5.(a)

President

 

 

4.5.(b)

Vice-President

 

 

4.5.(c)

Secretary

 

 

4.5.(d)

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

4.6.

Salaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,

 

 

 

AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES

 

 

5.1.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

 

5.1.(a)

Determination and Authorization

 

 

5.1.(b)

Standard of Conduct

 

 

5.1.(c)

No Indemnification in Certain Circumstances

 

 

5.1.(d)

Indemnification in Derivative Actions Limited

 

 

5.2.

Advance of Expenses for Directors and Officers

 

 

5.3.

Indemnification of Agents and Employees Who Are Not Directors or Officers

 

 

5.4.

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6.  STOCK

 

 

6.1.

Issuance of Shares

 

 

6.2.

Certificates for Shares

 

 

6.2.(a)

Content

 

 

 

 

 

ii



 

 

 

6.2.(b)

Legend as to Class or Series

 

 

6.2.(c)

Shareholder List

 

 

6.2.(d)

Transferring Shares

 

 

6.3.

Shares Without Certificates

 

 

6.4.

Registration of the Transfer of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

7.1.

Inspection of Records by Shareholders and Directors

 

 

7.2.

Corporate Seal

 

 

7.3.

Amendments

 

 

7.4.

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

iii



 

 

ARTICLE 1.  OFFICES

 

                1.1.           Business Offices .  The principal office of the corporation shall be located in such location as the board of directors may determine from time to time.  The corporation may have such other offices, either within or without Utah, as the board of directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

 

                1.2.           Registered Office .  The registered office of the corporation required to be kept by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Act”) shall be located within the State of Utah and may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office.  The address of the registered office may be changed from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 2.  SHAREHOLDERS

 

                2.1.           Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on such date and such time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.  If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.

 

                2.2.           Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, may be called by the president or by the board of directors, and shall be called by the president at the written request of the holders of not less than one–tenth of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the meeting.

 

                2.3.           Place of Meeting .  The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Utah, as the place of meeting for any annual or any special meeting of the shareholders.  If no designation is made by the  directors, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation in the State of Utah.

 

                2.4.           Notice of Meeting .

 

                                2.4.(a)      Content and Mailings Requirements .  Written notice stating the date, time and place of each annual or special shareholder meeting shall be delivered no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the president, the board of directors, or other persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and to any other shareholder entitled by the Act or the articles of incorporation to receive notice of the meeting.  Notice of special shareholder meetings shall include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

                                2.4.(b)      Effective Date .  Written notice shall be deemed to be effective at the earlier of:  (1)

 

 



 

 

when mailed, if addressed to the shareholder’s address shown in the corporation’s current record of shareholders; (2) when received; (3) five days after it is mailed; or (4) on the date shown on the return receipt if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee.

 

                                2.4.(c)      Effect of Adjournment .  If any shareholder meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time and place, if the new date, time and place is announced at the meeting before adjournment.  But if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, then notice must be given pursuant to the requirements of this section to those persons who are shareholders as of the new record date.

 

                2.5.           Waiver of Notice .

 

                                2.5.(a)      Written Waiver .  A shareholder may waive any notice required by the Act, the articles of incorporation or the bylaws, by a writing signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice, which is delivered to the corporation (either before or after the date and time stated in the notice) for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.

 

                                2.5.(b)      Attendance at Meetings .  A shareholder’s attendance at a meeting:  (1) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting because of lack of notice or effective notice; and (2) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

 

                2.6.           Record Date .

 

                                2.6.(a)      Fixing of Record Date .  For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any distribution, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix in advance a date as the record date.  Such record date shall not be more than 70 days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.  If no record date is so fixed by the board for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of shareholders, the record date for determination of such shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the first notice is delivered to shareholders.  If no record date is fixed by the board for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive a distribution, the record date shall be the date the board authorizes the distribution.  If no record date is fixed by the board for the determination of shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting, the record date shall be the date the first shareholder signs a consent.

 

                                2.6.(b)      Effect of Adjournment .  When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at

 

 

2



 

 

any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

                2.7.           Shareholder List .  After fixing a record date for a shareholders’ meeting, the corporation shall prepare a list of the names of its shareholders entitled to be given notice of the meeting.  The list must be arranged by voting group and within each voting group by class or series of shares, must be alphabetical within each class or series, and must show the address of, and the number of shares held by, each shareholder.  The shareholder list must be available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning on the earlier of ten days before the meeting for which the list was prepared or two business days after notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting and any adjournment thereof.  The list shall be available at the corporation’s principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held.

 

                2.8.           Shareholder Quorum and Voting Requirements .

 

                                2.8.(a)      Quorum .  At any meeting of shareholders, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or in proxy, shall constitute a quorum.  Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum of those shares exists with respect to that matter.  Unless the articles of incorporation or the Act provide otherwise, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter.  Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that  meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.

 

                                2.8.(b)      Voting Groups .  If the articles of incorporation or the Act provide for voting by a single voting group on a matter, action on that matter is taken when voted upon by that voting group.  If the articles of incorporation or the Act provide for voting by two or more voting groups on a matter, action on that matter is taken only when voted upon by each of those voting groups counted separately.  Action may be taken by one voting group on a matter even though no action is taken by another voting group entitled to vote on the matter.

 

                                2.8.(c)      Shareholder Action .  If a quorum exists, action on a matter, other than the election of directors, by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the articles of incorporation or the Act require a greater number of affirmative votes.  Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

                2.9.           Proxies .  At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote in person or by proxy which is executed in writing by the shareholder or which is executed by his or her duly authorized attorney–in–fact.  Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation or other person authorized

 

 

3



 

 

to tabulate votes before or at the time of the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid after 11 months from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

                2.10.         Voting of Shares .  Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or by applicable law, each outstanding share, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.  Except as provided by specific court order, no shares of the corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by a second corporation, domestic or foreign, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such second corporation are held by the corporation.  The prior sentence shall not limit the power of the corporation to vote any shares, including its own shares, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

                2.11.         Meetings by Telecommunications .  Any or all shareholders may participate in an annual or special meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all shareholders participating may hear each other during the meeting.  A shareholder participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

                2.12.         Action Without a Meeting .

 

                                2.12.(a)    Written Consent .  Except for the election of directors, any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof were present and voted.  Action taken under this section has the same effect as action taken at a meeting of shareholders and may be described as such in any document.

 

                                2.12.(b)    Post-Consent Notice .  Unless the written consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been obtained, notice of any shareholder approval without a meeting shall be given at least ten days before the consummation of the action authorized by such approval to (i) those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing, and (ii) those shareholders not entitled to vote and to whom the Act requires that notice of the proposed action be given.  Any such notice must contain or be accompanied by the same material that is required under the Act to be sent in a notice of meeting at which the proposed action would have been submitted to the shareholders for action.

 

                                2.12.(c)    Effective Date and Revocation of Consents .  No action taken pursuant to this section shall be effective unless all written consents on which the corporation relies for the taking of an action are received by the corporation within a 60-day period and not revoked.  Such action is effective as of the date the last written consent necessary to effect the action is received, unless all of the written consents specify a later date as the effective date of the action.  If the corporation has received written consents signed by all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the action, the effective date of the action

 

 

4



 

 

may be any date that is specified in all the written consents as the effective date of the action.  Any such writing may be received by the corporation by electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of communication providing the corporation with a complete copy thereof, including a copy of the signatures thereto.  Any shareholder giving a written consent pursuant to this section may revoke the consent by a signed writing describing the action and stating that the consent is revoked, provided that such writing is received by the corporation prior to the effective date of the action.

 

                                2.12.(d)    Unanimous Consent for Election of Directors .  Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, directors may not be elected by written consent unless such consent is unanimous by all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE 3.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

                3.1.           General Powers .  All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the board of directors.

 

                3.2.           Number, Tenure and Qualifications .  The authorized number of directors shall be not less than three nor more than nine; provided, however, if the number of shareholders shall be less than three, the number of directors may equal the number of shareholders.  The current number of directors shall be within the limits specified above, as determined (or as amended from time-to-time) by resolution adopted by either the shareholders or the directors.  Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  However, if a director’s term expires, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until there is a decrease in the number of directors.  Directors do not need to be residents of Utah or shareholders of the corporation.

 

                3.3.           Regular Meetings .  A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders, for the purpose of appointing officers and transacting such other business as may come before the meeting.  The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

 

                3.4.           Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of either the president, the chairman of the board of directors, or any two directors acting together.  The person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors.

 

                3.5.           Notice of Special Meetings .  Notice of the date, time and place of any special director meeting shall be given at least two days previously thereto either orally or in writing.  Oral notice shall be effective when communicated in a comprehensive manner.  Written notice is effective as to each director at the earlier of: (a) when received; (b) five days after deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the

 

 

5



 

 

director’s address shown in the records of the corporation; or (c) the date shown on the return receipt if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the director.  Any director may waive notice of any meeting before or after the date and time of the meeting stated in the notice.  Except as provided in the next sentence, the waiver must be in writing and signed by the director entitled to the notice.  A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, unless the director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting because of lack of or defective notice, and does not thereafter vote for or assent to  action taken at the meeting.  Unless required by the articles of incorporation, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

                3.6.           Quorum and Voting .

 

                                3.6.(a)      Quorum .  A majority of the number of directors prescribed by resolution adopted pursuant to section 3.2 of these bylaws, or if no number is prescribed, the number in office immediately before the meeting begins, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors, unless the articles of incorporation require a greater number.

 

                                3.6.(b)      Voting .  The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present when the vote is taken shall be the act of the board of directors unless the articles of incorporation require a greater percentage.

 

                                3.6.(c)      Presumption of Assent .  A director who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors when corporate action is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless: (1) the director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting; (2) the director contemporaneously requests that his or her dissent or abstention as to any specific action be entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (3) the director causes written notice of his or her dissent or abstention as to any specific action be received by the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

                3.7.           Meetings by Telecommunications .  Any or all directors may participate in a regular or special meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all directors participating may hear each other during the meeting.  A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

                3.8.           Action Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent to such action in writing.  Action taken by written consent is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless, prior to such

 

 

6



 

 

time, any director has revoked a consent by a signed writing received by the corporation, or unless the consent specifies a different effective date.  A signed consent has the effect of an action taken at a meeting of directors and may be described as such in any document.

 

                3.9.           Resignation .  A director may resign at any time by giving a written notice of resignation to the corporation.  Such a resignation is effective when the notice is received by the corporation unless the notice specifies a later effective date, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

                3.10.         Removal .  The shareholders may remove one or more directors at a meeting called for that purpose if notice has been given that a purpose of the meeting is such removal.  The removal may be with or without cause unless the articles of incorporation provide that directors may only be removed with cause.  If a director is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the shareholders of that voting group may participate in the vote to remove that director.  A director may be removed only if the number of votes cast to remove him or her exceeds the number of votes cast not to remove him or her.

 

                3.11.         Vacancies .  Unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise, if a vacancy occurs on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, the shareholders or the board of directors may fill the vacancy.  During such time If the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board, they may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office.  If the vacant office was held by a director elected by a voting group of shareholders:  (1) if one or more directors are elected by the same voting group, only such directors are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy if it is filled by the directors; and (2) only the holders of shares of that voting group are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy if it is filled by the shareholders.  A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs, but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

 

                3.12.         Compensation .  By resolution of the board of directors, each director may be paid his or her expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a stated salary as director or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or both.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

                3.13.         Committees .  The board of directors may create one or more committees and appoint members of the board of directors to serve on them.  Each committee must have two or more members, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors.  Those sections of this Article 3 which govern meetings, action without meetings, notice and waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members.

 

7



 

 

ARTICLE 4.  OFFICERS

 

                4.1.           Number .  The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a chief financial officer, each of whom shall be appointed by the board of directors.  Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary, including any vice-presidents, may also be appointed by the board of directors.  If specifically authorized by the board of directors, an officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.  The same individual may simultaneously hold more than one office in the corporation.

 

                4.2.           Appointment and Term of Office .  The officers of the corporation shall be appointed by the board of directors for a term as determined by the board of directors.  The designation of a specified term does not grant to the officer any contract rights, and the board can remove the officer at any time prior to the termination of such term.  If no term is specified, the officer shall hold office until he or she resigns, dies or until he or she is removed in the manner provided in section 4.3 of these bylaws.

 

                4.3.           Removal .  Any officer or agent may be removed by the board of directors at any time, with or without cause.  Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

                4.4.           Resignation .  Any officer may resign at any time, subject to any rights or obligation under any existing contracts between the officer and the corporation, by giving notice to the president or board of directors.  An officer’s resignation shall be effective when received by the corporation, unless the notice specifies a later effective date, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

                4.5.           Authority and Duties of Officers .  The officers of the corporation shall have the authority and shall exercise the powers and perform the duties specified below and as may be additionally specified by the board of directors or these bylaws, except that in each event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law:

 

                                4.5.(a)      President .  The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the board of directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation.  Unless there is a chairman of the board, the president shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors.  The president may sign, with the secretary or any  other proper officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the board of directors, certificates for shares of the corporation and deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed.  In general, the president shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.

 

                                4.5.(b)      Vice-President .  If appointed, the vicepresident (or if there is more than one, each

 

 

8



 

 

vice-president) shall assist the president and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her by the president or by the board of directors.  If appointed, in the absence of the president or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there is more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated at the time of their election, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  (If there is no vice-president, then the chief financial officer shall perform such duties of the president.)

 

                                4.5.(c)      Secretary .  The secretary shall: (i) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, the board of directors and any committees of the board in one or more books provided for that purpose; (ii) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (iii) be custodian of the corporate records; (iv) when requested or required, authenticate any records of the corporation; (v) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (vi) sign with the president, or a vice–president, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the board of directors; (vii) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (viii) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the president or by the board of directors.  Assistant secretaries, if any, shall have the same duties and powers, subject to the supervision of the secretary.

 

                                4.5.(d)      Chief Financial Officer .  If appointed, the chief financial officer shall: (i) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (ii) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositaries as shall be selected by the board of directors; and (iii) in general, perform all of the duties incident to the office of chief financial officer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the  president or by the board of directors.  If required by the board of directors, the chief financial officer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall determine.  Assistant chief financial officers, if any, shall have the same powers and duties, subject to the supervision of the chief financial officer.

 

                4.6.           Salaries .  The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

 

ARTICLE 5.   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,

OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES

 

                5.1.           Indemnification of Directors and Officers .  The corporation shall indemnify any individual made a party to a proceeding because the individual is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against liability incurred in the proceeding, but only if such indemnification is both (i) determined permissible and (ii) authorized, as such are defined in subsection (a) of this section 5.1.  (Such indemnification is further

 

 

9



 

 

subject to the limitation specified in subsection 5.1(c).)

 

                                5.1.(a)      Determination and Authorization .  The corporation shall not indemnify a director or officer under this section unless:

 

                                (1)           a determination has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in section 16-10a-906(2) of the Act that the director or officer met the standard of conduct set forth in subsection (b) below; and

 

                                (2)           payment has been authorized in accordance with the procedures set forth in section 16-10a-906(4) of the Act based on a conclusion that the expenses are reasonable, the corporation has the financial ability to make the payment, and the financial resources of the corporation should be devoted to this use rather than some other use by the corporation.

 

                                5.1.(b)      Standard of Conduct .  The individual shall demonstrate that:

 

                                (1)           his or her conduct was in good faith; and

 

                                (2)           he or she reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interests; and

 

                                (3)           in the case of any criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

                                5.1.(c)      No Indemnification in Certain Circumstances .  The corporation shall not indemnify a director or officer under this Section 5.1 of Article 5:

 

                                                                               (1)           in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director or officer was adjudged liable to the corporation; or

 

                                (2)           in connection with any other proceeding charging that the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in his or her official capacity, in which proceeding he or she was adjudged liable on the basis that he or she derived an improper personal benefit.

 

                                5.1.(d)      Indemnification in Derivative Actions Limited .  Indemnification permitted under this section 5.1 in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.

 

                5.2.           Advance of Expenses for Directors and Officers .  If a determination is made, following the

 

 

10



 

 

procedures of section 16-10a-906(2) of the Act, that the director or officer has met the following requirements and if an authorization of payment is made following the procedures and standards set forth in section 16-10a-906(4) of the Act, then the corporation shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a director or officer who is a party to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding, if:

 

                                5.2.(a)      the director or officer furnishes the corporation a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct described in section 5.1;

 

                                5.2.(b)      the director or officer furnishes the corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on his or her behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct; and

 

                                5.2.(c)      a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under section 5.1 of these bylaws or Part 9 of the Act.

 

                5.3.           Indemnification of Agents and Employees Who Are Not Directors or Officers .  The board of directors may indemnify and advance expenses to any employee or agent of the corporation who is not a director or officer of the corporation to any extent consistent with public policy, as determined by the general or specific actions of the board of directors.

 

                5.4.           Insurance .  By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in such action, the corporation may purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in that capacity or arising from such person’s status as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person under the applicable provisions of the Act.

 

ARTICLE 6.  STOCK

 

                6.1.           Issuance of Shares .  The corporation may issue the number of shares of each class or series of capital stock authorized by the articles of incorporation.  The issuance or sale by the corporation of any shares of its authorized capital stock of any class shall be made only upon authorization by the board of directors, unless otherwise provided by statute.  The board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts or arrangements for services to be performed (if such contracts are in writing), or other securities of the corporation.  Shares shall be issued for such consideration as shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

 

 

11



 

 

                6.2.           Certificates for Shares .

 

                                6.2.(a)      Content .  Shares may but need not be represented by certificates in such form as determined by the board of directors and stating on their face, at a minimum, the name of the corporation and that it is formed under the laws of the State of Utah, the name of the person to whom issued, and the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, the certificate represents.  Such certificates shall be signed (either manually or by facsimile) by any two officers of the corporation and may be sealed with a corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.  If the certificates are signed by facsimile, such certificates must be countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar, other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation.  Each certificate for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

 

                                6.2.(b)      Legend as to Class or Series .  If the corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each class and the variations in rights, preferences and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the board of directors to determine variations for future series) must be summarized on  the front or back of each certificate.  Alternatively, each certificate may state conspicuously on its front or back that the  corporation will furnish the shareholder this information on request in writing and without charge.

 

                                6.2.(c)      Shareholder List .  The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation.

 

                                6.2.(d)      Transferring Shares .  All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.

 

                6.3.           Shares Without Certificates .  The board of directors may authorize the issuance of some or all of the shares of any or all of its classes or series without certificates.  Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of shares without certificates, the corporation shall send the shareholder a written statement of the information required on certificates under section 6.2 of these bylaws.

 

                6.4.           Registration of the Transfer of Shares .  Registration of the transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation.  In order to register a transfer, the record owner shall surrender the shares to the corporation for cancellation, properly endorsed by the appropriate person or persons with reasonable assurances that the endorsements are genuine and effective.  Unless the corporation has established a procedure by which a beneficial owner of shares held by a nominee is to be recognized by the corporation as the owner, the person in whose name shares stand in the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

 

 

12



 

 

ARTICLE 7.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

                7.1.           Inspection of Records by Shareholders and Directors .  A shareholder or director of a corporation is entitled to inspect and copy, during regular business hours at the corporation’s principal office, any of the records of the corporation required to be maintained by the corporation under the Act, if such person gives the corporation written notice of the demand at least five business days before the date on which such a person wishes to inspect and copy.  The scope of such inspection right shall be as provided under the Act.

 

                7.2.           Corporate Seal .  The board of directors may provide a corporate seal which may be circular in form and have inscribed thereon any designation including the name of the corporation, the state of incorporation, and the words “Corporate Seal.”

 

                7.3.           Amendments .  The corporation’s board of directors may amend or repeal the corporation’s bylaws at any time unless:

 

                                7.3.(a)      the articles of incorporation or the Act reserve this power exclusively to the shareholders in whole or part; or

 

                                7.3.(b)      the shareholders, in adopting, amending or repealing a particular bylaw, provide expressly that the board of directors may not amend or repeal that bylaw; or

 

                                7.3.(c)      the bylaw either establishes, amends or deletes a greater shareholder quorum or voting requirement.

 

                Any amendment which changes the voting or quorum requirement for the board must meet the same quorum requirement and be adopted by the same vote and voting groups required to take action under the quorum and voting requirements then in effect or proposed to be adopted, whichever are greater.

 

                7.4.           Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be established by the board of directors.

 

 

 

[End of Bylaws]

 

13





Exhibit 3.2B

BYLAWS OF

Overstock.com, Inc.

(initially adopted on February 27, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE.

1

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES.

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS.

1

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING.

1

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING.

1

2.4

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

2

2.5

 

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

2

2.6

 

QUORUM.

2

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

2

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

3

2.9

 

VOTING.

3

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

3

2.11

 

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

3

2.12

 

PROXIES.

4

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

4

 

 

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

 

 

 

3.1

 

POWERS.

5

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

5

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

5

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

5

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

6

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS.

6

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

6

3.8

 

QUORUM.

7

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

7

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

7

3.11

 

APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS.

7

3.12

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

7

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

8

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES.

8

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

8

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

OFFICERS.

9

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

9

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

9

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

9

i



TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 

 

 

Page

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

9

5.6

 

CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD.

10

5.7

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.

10

5.8

 

PRESIDENT.

10

5.9

 

VICE PRESIDENTS.

10

5.10

 

SECRETARY.

10

5.11

 

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.

11

5.12

 

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

11

5.13

 

ASSISTANT TREASURER.

11

5.14

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

12

5.15

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

12

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

12

6.2

 

INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

12

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

CHECKS.

13

7.2

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

13

7.3

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

13

7.4

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

13

7.5

 

LOST CERTIFICATES.

14

7.6

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

14

7.7

 

DIVIDENDS.

14

7.8

 

FISCAL YEAR.

14

7.9

 

SEAL.

14

7.10

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK.

15

7.11

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

15

7.12

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

15

7.13

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE.

15

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

15

8.2

 

DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

16

8.3

 

INAPPLICABILITY.

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS

 

 

ii



 

BYLAWS OF OVERSTOCK.COM

 


ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1       REGISTERED OFFICE.

The registered office of Overstock.com, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2       OTHER OFFICES.

The corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1       PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board.  The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).  In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2       ANNUAL MEETING.

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year.  The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting.  In the absence of such designation the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of May of each year at 10:00 a.m.  However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding business day.  At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3       SPECIAL MEETING.

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i)            be in writing;

(ii)           specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

 



 

(iii)          be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or the secretary of the corporation.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote  at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 0 and 0 of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting.  No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders.  Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 0 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

2.4       NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 0 or Section 0 of these bylaws not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.5       MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given:

(i)            if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the corporation’s records; or

(ii)           if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 0 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6       QUORUM.

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.  If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7       ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned

2



 

meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the continuation of the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.8       CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.9       VOTING.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 0 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

2.10     STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL.  In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

2.11     RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall

 

3



 

not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action.

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

(i)            The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii)           The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

(iii)          The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.12     PROXIES.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13     LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting:  (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal executive office.  In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

4



 

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1       POWERS.

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2       NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one member.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3       ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

Except as provided in Section 0 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.  The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.  Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

All elections of directors shall be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation; if authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must be either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

3.4       RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation.  When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i)            Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii)           Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

5



 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5       PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6       REGULAR MEETINGS.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.7       SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i)            delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii)           sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii)          sent by facsimile; or

(iv)          sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

6



 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice may be communicated to the director.  The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8       QUORUM.

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9       BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10     FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11     APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS.

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.

3.12     REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

7



 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1       COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation,

4.2       COMMITTEE MINUTES.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3       MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i)            Section 0 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii)           Section 0 (regular meetings);

(iii)          Section 0 (special meetings and notice);

(iv)          Section 0 (quorum);

(v)           Section 0 (waiver of notice); and

(vi)          Section 0 (action without a meeting)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.   However :

(i)            the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

8



 

(ii)                                   special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii)          notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1       OFFICERS.

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary.  The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2       APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 0 and 0 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3       SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require.  Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4       REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice.  Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5       VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

 

9



 

5.6       CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD.

The chairperson of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board or as may be prescribed by these bylaws.  If there is no chief executive officer or president, then the chairperson of the Board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

5.7       CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as the Board may give to the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, if any, shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall report directly to the Board.  All other officers, officials, employees and agents shall report directly or indirectly to the chief executive officer.  The chief executive officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect.  The chief executive officer shall serve as chairperson of and preside at all meetings of the stockholders.  In the absence of a chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

5.8       PRESIDENT.

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform all the duties of the chief executive officer.  When acting as the chief executive officer, the president shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the chief executive officer.  The president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him by the Board, these bylaws, the chief executive officer or the chairperson of the Board.

5.9       VICE PRESIDENTS.

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of the president.  When acting as the president, the appropriate vice president shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president.  The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board, these bylaws, the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president.

5.10     SECRETARY.

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders.  The minutes shall show

(i)            the time and place of each meeting;

(ii)           whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given);

(iii)          the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings;

(iv)          the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings;

 

10



 

(v)           and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board, a share register, or a duplicate share register showing;

(i)                                      the names of all stockholders and their addresses;

(ii)                                   the number and classes of shares held by each;

(iii)                                the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares; and

(iv)                               the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board required to be given by law or by these bylaws.  The secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or by these bylaws.

5.11     CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as the Board may designate. The chief financial officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.

The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation.

5.12     ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or Board (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of the secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.

5.13     ASSISTANT TREASURER.

The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or Board (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the chief financial officer or in the event of the chief financial officer’s inability or refusal to act,

 

11



 

perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.

5.14     REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation.  The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.15     AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1       MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

6.2       INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.  The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought.  The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

12



 

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

7.1       CHECKS.

From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

7.2       EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.3       STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation.  Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasureror an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.4       SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue

 

13



 

to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.5       LOST CERTIFICATES.

Except as provided in this Section 7.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time.  The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.6       CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

7.7       DIVIDENDS.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL, or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.8       FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.9       SEAL.

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board.  The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

14



 

7.10     TRANSFER OF STOCK.

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

7.11     STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

7.12     REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

The corporation:

(i)            shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii)           shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii)          shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.13     WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

8.1       NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent

 

15



 

shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i)            the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii)           such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i)                                      if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii)                                   if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii)                                if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv)                               if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2       DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

8.3       INAPPLICABILITY.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote.  However, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors.  The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

16






 

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

 

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

 

6322 South 3000 East, Suite 100
Salt Lake City, Utah 84121
T:  (801) 947-3100

F:  801.___.____

 

 

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

March 4, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 1 Restrictions on Transferability of Securities; Registration Rights

1

1.1

Transfer Restrictions

1

1.2

Requested Registration

3

1.3

Company Registration

5

1.4

Expenses of Registration

6

1.5

Registration on Form S-3

7

1.6

Registration Procedures

7

1.7

Indemnification

8

1.8

Information by Holder

10

1.9

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

10

1.10

Rule 144 Reporting

11

1.11

Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights

11

1.12

“Market Standoff” Agreement

11

1.13

Delay of Registration

12

1.14

Termination of Registration Rights

12

SECTION 2 Information and Inspection Covenants; Voting Agreement

12

2.1

Company Covenants

12

2.2

Termination of Covenants

14

SECTION 3 Right of First Offer

14

3.1

Right of First Offer

14

3.2

Transfer or Assignment of Rights of First Offer

16

SECTION 4 Miscellaneous

16

4.1

Certain Definitions

16

4.2

Amendment

18

4.3

Notices

19

4.4

Governing Law

19

4.5

Successors and Assigns

19

4.6

Entire Agreement

20

4.7

Delays or Omissions

20

4.8

Severability

20

4.9

Counterparts

20

4.10

Expenses

20

4.11

Severability

20

4.12

Telecopy Execution and Delivery

20

4.13

Jurisdiction; Venue

21

4.14

Jury Trial

21

4.15

Further Assurances

21

4.16

Confidentiality

21

 

i



 

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 4, 2002, by and among Overstock.com, Inc., a Utah corporation (the “ Company ”), the persons and entities listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Schedule I (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”), those holders of the Company’s Common Stock listed on Schedule II (each, a “ Common Holder ” and collectively, the “ Common Holders ”), and, for purposes of Sections 1 and 4 only, Eileen Simmons.

Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

WHEREAS:  The Investors are parties to the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith, between the Company and the Investors (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), certain of the Company’s and the Investors’ obligations under which are conditioned upon the execution and delivery by such Investors, the Common Holders and the Company of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS:  Eileen Simmons is party to a certain agreement dated as of October 27, 1999, by and among the Company, Robert Brazell and the Prior Purchaser (the “ Simmons Agreement ”);

WHEREAS:  Pursuant to the Simmons Agreement, Eileen Simmons is entitled to certain rights of registration with respect to her shares of Common Stock of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1

Restrictions on Transferability of Securities; Registration Rights

1.1          Transfer Restrictions .

(a)   Each Holder agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or make any other disposition of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by the Holder unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by Section 1.12 hereof, to be bound by this Section 1.1, provided and to the extent such Section 1.1 is then applicable, and

(i)            There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii)           Such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder



 

shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act and applicable state law.  The Company agrees that it will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

(iii)          Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for and the Company shall promptly facilitate any transfer by a Holder to any partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity that is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Holder or which is (A) a partnership to its partners or retired partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation to its shareholders in accordance with their interest in the corporation, (C) a limited liability company to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, or (D) to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, provided that the transferee will be subject to the terms of this Section 1.1 to the same extent as if such transferee were an original Holder hereunder.  Each Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, assignee, transferee, or pledgee of Registrable Securities held by the Holder to agree in writing to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and on conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b)   Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT TO WHICH THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES WAS PARTY, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

Each Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Agreement.

(c)   The Company shall be obligated to reissue unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Holder shall have (i) obtained an opinion of counsel at such Holder’s expense (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without

 

2



 

registration, qualification or legend, and (ii) delivered such securities to the Company or its transfer agent.

(d)   Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate state securities authority authorizing such removal.

1.2          Requested Registration .

(a)   Request for Registration .  If the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders, at any time or times not earlier than the earlier of (i) March 4, 2005, and (ii) 180 days after the closing of the Qualified Public Offering, a written request that the Company effect any registration with respect to at least 20% of the Registrable Securities (or such lesser number of shares as shall yield an aggregate offering price of not less than $5,000,000), the Company will (A) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders, and (B) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within 20 days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(A)  In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
(B)   After the Company has initiated two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2, excluding registrations that (i) are not declared or ordered effective, (ii) are not effective for a continuous period of at least one hundred twenty (120) days or such shorter period ending when all the Registrable Securities for which the Holders have requested registration in accordance herewith have been sold in accordance with such registration; provided, that a trading black-out shall not be deemed to interfere with the continuity of such period, (iii) are withdrawn by the Company or as a result of action or inaction of the Company or, subject to Section 1.4 below, for any other reason except for the voluntary decision of the Holders to terminate the registration after the request for such registration has been delivered to the Company, or (iv) are subject to an underwriting agreement in which less than fifty percent (50%) of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be sold by the Holders are included;
(C)   During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 1.3 below; provided that the

 

3



 

Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or
(D)  If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 1.5 below.

(b)   Subject to the foregoing clauses (A) through (D), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders; provided, however , that if (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, such registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing (except as provided in clause (C) above) for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any 12-month period; and, provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other shareholder during such 90-day period, other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction on Form S-4, or a registration contemplated in Section 1.2(a)(C).

The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2(d), include other securities of the Company, with respect to which registration rights have been granted, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(c)   Underwriting .  If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a).  The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder with respect to such participation and inclusion) to the extent provided herein.  A Holder may elect to include in such underwriting all or a part of the Registrable Securities such Holder holds.

(d)   Procedures .  If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1.2 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1.2, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and may condition such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 1 (including Section 1.12 below).  The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such

 

4



 

underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company, subject to the reasonable approval of a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriter shall be a nationally recognized investment banking firm.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the representative of the underwriters advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation (the “ Underwriter’s Limitation ”) on the number of shares to be underwritten, the Initiating Holders shall so advise the Company and all Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities and other securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated in the following manner:  First, the securities of the Company and other third parties requesting inclusion in any such requested registration shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent required by such Underwriter’s Limitation.  If, after fully excluding the securities of the Company from such underwriting and registration a further reduction in the number of shares to be included in such underwriting and registration is required, the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders of Registrable Securities in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by each Holder at the time of the filing of the registration statement.  No Registrable Securities or any other securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the Underwriter’s Limitation shall be included in such registration.  If the Company or any Holder in its sole discretion disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, it may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the underwriter and the Initiating Holders.  The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration.

1.3          Company Registration .

(a)   If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders exercising their respective demand registration rights (other than pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.5 hereof), other than (v) a registration related to its initial public offering, (w) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, (x) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, (y) or a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction on Form S-4, or (z) a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i)            promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

(ii)           use its reasonable best efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under state securities laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 1.3(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by any Holder and received by the Company within fifteen (15) days after the written notice from the Company described in clause (i) above is mailed or delivered by the Company.  Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b)   Underwriting .  If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i).  In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in

 

5



 

such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the underwriter or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require an Underwriter’s Limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the Company may (subject to the allocation priority set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting.  In such event, the Company shall so advise all Holders requesting registration and the number of shares or securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated in the following manner: First, the number of Registrable Securities that shall be included in the registration and underwriting shall be reduced to the extent required by the Underwriter’s Limitation, with such reduction being allocated among Holders proposing to include Registrable Securities in such registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration shall not be reduced to less than 30% of the total number of shares included in such registration.  If, after reducing the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration or underwriting to the full extent permitted in this section, a further reduction in the number of shares to be included in such underwriting and registration is required, then the number of securities of the Company that shall be included in such registration and underwriting shall be reduced to the extent required by the Underwriter’s Limitation.  If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter.  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriter(s) may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

(c)   Right to Terminate Registration .  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

1.4          Expenses of Registration .   All Registration Expenses and reasonable fees of one counsel for the selling shareholders incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 1.2 and 1.3 above and Section 1.5 below shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not bear expenses of the selling shareholders in excess of $25,000 per registration; provided, further, that that the Company shall not be obligated to pay Registration Expenses and the fees of the one counsel for the selling shareholders for any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.5, if, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected two (2) such registrations in such period.  All Selling Expenses relating to securities so registered shall be borne by the holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares of securities so registered on their behalf, as shall any other expenses in connection with the registration required to be borne by the Holders of such securities.  The Holders shall be required, however, to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2

 

6



 

or 1.5, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Holders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities unless such Holders agree to forfeit their right to one requested registration pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.5, as applicable (in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders); provided, however , if the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request due to and with reasonable promptness following having learned of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such registration expenses or forfeit such registration rights; provided, further, however, that a change in stock price alone will not be considered a material adverse change for the purposes of this Section 1.4.  If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested.

1.5          Registration on Form S-3 .

(a)   After the Qualified Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms.  After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 1, the Holders of at least 20% of the Registrable Securities shall have the right to request registrations on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration (i) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $l,000,000, (ii) in the circumstances described in clauses (A) and (C) of Section 1.2(a), or (iii) if the Company shall furnish the certification described in Section 1.2(b) (but subject to the limitations set forth therein).

(b)   If a request complying with the requirements of Section 1.5(a) hereof is delivered to the Company, the provisions of Sections 1.2(a) relating to the provision of notice to Holders, the provision to such Holders of an opportunity to request in writing that Registrable Securities be included in the registration and the inclusion of other securities of the Company in such registration hereof shall apply to such registration.  If the registration is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Sections 1.2(c) and 1.2(d) hereof shall apply to such registration.

1.6          Registration Procedures .   In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 1, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof.  At its expense, the Company will, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)   Use its commercially reasonably efforts to keep such registration effective for a period of 120 days or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; provided that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, and (ii) in the case of any registration statement of Form S-3 that

 

7



 

contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis, such 120-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until either all such Registrable Securities are sold or the registration statement has been effective for a period of 180 days calendar days;

(b)   Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c)   Furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(d)   Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act on the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(e)   Use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(f)    Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g)   Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration; and

(h)   In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof, the Company will enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock; provided that such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions; and provided further, that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

1.7          Indemnification .

(a)   The Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 1, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who

 

8



 

controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or other federal or state securities law or rule or regulation promulgated  thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification, or compliance, and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.  It is agreed that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.7(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b)   Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, severally (but not jointly) indemnify the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors, and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 1.7 of any Holder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

9



 

(c)   Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.7 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 1, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial.  No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d)   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

1.8          Information by Holder .   Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 1.

1.9          Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .   From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of 65% of the Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms

 

10



 

of which are more favorable than or senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

1.10        Rule 144 Reporting .   With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

(a)   File with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements;

(b)   So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

1.11        Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights .   The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company pursuant to this Section 1 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder to a transferee (i) that acquires at least 10% of the shares of the Company’s capital stock held by such Holder or (ii) that is (x) any constituent partner, member or shareholder of such Holder if such Holder is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, (y) a family of such Holder or a trust for the benefit of such Investor, such Holder’s spouse and/or such Holder’s issue or (z) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which at least a 75% interest is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the persons described in (x) or (y) of this Section 1.11, provided, that the Company is given written notice at the time of or within a reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned, and, provided, further, that the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Section 1.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the right to transfer registration rights provided in this Section 1.1 will not apply to Eileen Simmons.   Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, for a period of one (1) year following the Qualified Public Offering, Otter Capital, LLC (“ Otter Capital ”) shall be the deemed owner of any Registrable Securities then owned by Haverford Internet LLC and Patrick M. Byrne for purposes of allocating among Holders the right to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 1 that is the subject of an Underwriter’s Limitation and any transferee or assignee of such Registrable Securities owned by Haverford Internet LLC and Patrick M. Byrne shall assume in writing the obligations of such transferor under this Section 1.11.

1.12        “Market Standoff” Agreement .   If requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Investor

 

11



 

(other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, provided that (a) such agreement shall only apply to the Company’s initial public offering, (b) all officers, directors and affiliates of such officers and directors are bound by and have entered into similar agreements, and (c) such agreement shall not apply to the sale of any shares acquired by a Holder in open market transactions after the date of the final prospectus for such initial public offering.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 1.1(b) hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such 180-day period.  Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with such underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 1.12.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the above market standoff agreement restrictions by the Company or representatives of the underwriters shall apply to all persons and entities subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.  The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all shares of its capital stock (upon issuance) shall be subject to a market standoff provision at least as restrictive as set forth above.

1.13        Delay of Registration .   No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.14        Termination of Registration Rights .   The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1.2, Section 1.3 or Section 1.5 above shall terminate (a) on the closing of the Company’s Qualified Public Offering, so long as all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period, or (b) the earlier of (i) such date after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering registered under the Securities Act as all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder (together with any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) may immediately be sold under Rule 144(k), and (ii) 5 years after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering registered under the Securities Act.

SECTION 2

Information and Inspection Covenants; Voting Agreement

2.1          Company Covenants .

(a)   Basic Financial Information .  So long as any shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish the following reports to each Investor:

(i)            as soon as practicable, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of equity and consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, such financial statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally

 

12



 

accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and audited and certified by independent public accountants selected by the Company which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Investors;

(ii)           as soon as practicable, but in any event within 15 days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for each such period;

(iii)          by January 15 th of each fiscal year, the financial budget and business and strategic plan of the next fiscal year that will be submitted for approval to the Company’s Board of Directors no later than 30 days following the beginning of such fiscal year, and as soon as practicable during the course of each fiscal year, any revisions, amendments or other changes to the financial budget and strategic business plan for such fiscal year.

(iv)          such other information relating to the financial condition, business or corporate affairs of the Company as the Investor may from time to time request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (iv) to provide information that it determines in good faith to be subject to a confidentiality obligation to a third party.

                With respect to the financial statements called for in subsection (ii) of this Section 2.1, the Company shall, concurrent with the delivery of such financial statements, provide an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by generally accepted accounting principles) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment.

(b)   Inspection Rights . The Company shall afford to each Investor and to such Investor’s accountants and counsel, upon 24 hours’ notice, reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Company’s respective properties, books and records.  Each Investor shall have such other access to management and information as is necessary for it to comply with applicable laws and regulations and reporting obligations.  The Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (b) to provide information that it determines in good faith to be subject to a confidentiality obligation to a third party.

(c)   Directors and Officers Liability Insurance .  The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, obtain and thereafter maintain directors and officers liability insurance in such scope and in such amount as is customary for a similarly situated business.

(d)   Key Man Life Insurance .  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain key man life insurance of the benefit of the Company on Patrick Byrne for coverage in the amount of $2,000,000.

(e)   Insurance .  The Company shall keep any and all of its assets that are of an insurable character insured against loss or damage by fire, explosion and other risks customarily insured against by companies in the Company’s line of business, in reasonable amounts.

 

13



 

(f)    Books and Records .  The Company shall maintain books and records of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made of all dealings or transactions in relation to its business and affairs in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

(g)   Transferability of Certain Rights .  The rights granted by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) and 2.1(b) may be transferred or assigned by an Investor to a transferee (i) that acquires at least 10% of the shares of the Company’s capital stock held by such Investor or (ii) that is (x) any constituent partner, member or shareholder of such Investor if such Investor is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, (y) a family of such Investor or a trust for the benefit of such Investor, such Investor’s spouse and/or such Investor’s issue or (z) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which at least a 75% interest is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the persons described in (x) or (y), provided that the Company is given written notice at the time of or within a reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such information rights are being transferred or assigned, and, provided further that the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Investor under this Agreement.

2.2          Termination of Covenants .   The covenants set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate upon and be of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur of (a) the closing of the Company’s Qualified Public Offering or (b) the closing of an Acquisition.

SECTION 3

Right of First Offer

3.1          Right of First Offer .   The Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first offer to purchase a pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 3.1) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue.  A Investor’s pro rata share, for purposes of this Section 3, is the ratio of the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of any option or warrant held by such Investor, to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants to acquire Common Stock of the Company.  Each Investor shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Investor fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Investors may purchase the non-purchasing Investor’s portion on a pro rata basis within 15 days from the date such non-purchasing Investor fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities.  This right of first offer shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a)   “ New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

 

14



 

(i)            securities purchased under the Purchase Agreement;

(ii)           Conversion Stock;

(iii)          79,671,136 shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, consultants, directors or other service providers for compensatory purposes and in accordance with stock plans approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plans (net of any repurchase of such shares or cancellations or expiration of such options);

(iv)          shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or conversion of warrants, options or other convertible securities of the Company outstanding as of the date of this Agreement (other than options outstanding pursuant to stock plans covered under Section 3.1(a)(iii) above);

(v)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to a stock split, as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

(vi)          shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified Public Offering;

(vii)         shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchaser of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

(viii)        shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to bona fide equipment lease and bank financing arrangements approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

(ix)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with transactions of a strategic nature for which the primary purpose is other than raising equity capital and which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

(x)            shares of Common Stock which the Holders of sixty-five percent (65%) of the then outstanding Preferred Stock and Conversion Stock agree in writing shall not constitute “New Securities;”;

(xi)           any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (xi) above; and

(xii)          the issuance of Common Stock upon conversion, exchange, or exercise of rights of any security previously offered to the Investors pursuant to this Section 3.

(b)   In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same.  Each Investor shall have 15 days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the

 

15



 

notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

(c)   In the event the Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first offer within such 15-day period and after the expiration of the additional 15-day period for the exercise of the over-allotment provisions of this Section 3, the Company shall have 90 days thereafter to sell the New Securities respecting which the Investors’ right of first offer set forth in this Section 3.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Investors pursuant to Section 3.1(b) above.  In the event the Company has not sold within such 90-day period the New Securities in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided in Section 3.1(b) above.

(d)   The right of first offer granted pursuant to this Section 3 shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to, the earlier to occur of (i) the Company’s Qualified Public Offering or (ii) an Acquisition.

3.2          Transfer or Assignment of Rights of First Offer .  The rights contained in Section 3 of this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by an Investor to a transferee (i) that acquires at least 10% of the shares of the Company’s capital stock held by such Investor or (ii) that is (x) any constituent partner, member or shareholder of such Investor if such Investor is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, (y) a family of such Investor or a trust for the benefit of such Investor, such Investor’s spouse and/or such Investor’s issue or (z) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which at least a 75% interest is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the persons described in (x) or (y) of this Section 3.2, provided that the Company is given written notice at the time of or within a reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned, and, provided further that the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Investor under this Agreement.

SECTION 4

Miscellaneous

4.1          Certain Definitions .   As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a)   the term “ Acquisition ” shall mean (i) a consolidation or merger of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions in which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transaction(s) hold immediately after such merger, consolidation or transaction(s) less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its parent, as applicable) or (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(b)   the term “ Restated Articles ” shall mean the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended;

 

16



 

(c)   the term “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Company’s board of directors;

(d)   the term “ SEC ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act;

(e)   the term “ Closing ” shall mean the date that the Company issues and sells the Preferred Stock to the Investors pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(f)    the term “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s common stock, without par value;

(g)   the term “ Conversion Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock issued or issuable on conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(h)   the term “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time;

(i)    the term “ Holder ” shall mean any party to this agreement who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been transferred in compliance with Section 1.1 (Transfer Restrictions) and Section 1.11 (Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights) above.

(j)    the term “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(c) above;

(k)   the term “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(c) above;

(l)    the term “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than 30% of the then outstanding Registrable Securities;

(m)  the term “ New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) above;

(n)   the term “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, without par value.

(o)   the term “ Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement;

(p)   the term “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company with an offering price per share of $0.3648 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) and aggregate offering proceeds to the Company of not less than $20,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) and a listing of the Company’s equity securities on the NASDAQ-NMS or other national exchange;

 

17



 

(q)   the term “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) 997,397 (adjusted for any stock dividend, split, combination, reclassification or recapitalization) shares of Common Stock held by Eileen Simmons, other than shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.14 hereof, (ii) the Conversion Stock, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares described in (i) and (ii) above; provided, however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock (A) which have previously been registered or which have been sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction or (B) which are held by any Holder if such shares held by such Holder are available for sale pursuant to Rule 144 (except to the extent the standoff provision limits such Holder’s rights to sell following the Qualified Public Offering), or (C) which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned;

(r)    the terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement;

(s)   the term “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders, except as otherwise specified in Section 1.4, or the compensation of regular employees of the Company (which shall be paid in any event by the Company);

(t)    the term “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 1.1(b) above;

(u)   the term “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the SEC;

(v)   the term “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time;

(w)  the term “ Seller(s) ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 above;

(x)    the term “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of counsel included in Registration Expenses);

4.2          Amendment .   Except as provided in Section 1.15 and as otherwise expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the

 

18



 

Company and the Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144); provided, that Investors purchasing shares in a Closing after the Initial Closing (as that term is defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement and be deemed an “Investor” hereunder without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Investor by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement; provided, further, that an amendment to the last sentence of Section 1.11 above may be effected by and only by a written instrument signed by the Company, Otter Capital, Haverford Internet LLC and Patrick M. Byrne.  Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Investor under this Agreement.  In addition, the Company may waive performance of any obligation owing to it other than the market standoff obligations under Section 1.12, as to some or all of the Holders, or agree to accept alternatives to such performance, without obtaining the consent of any Holder.  In the event that an underwriting agreement contains terms differing from this Agreement, as to any such Holder the terms of such underwriting agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment, waiver, or termination of the rights or obligations of the holders of the Common Stock under Section 2.2 shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock held by the Common Holders.

4.3          Notices .   All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed as follows:

(a)   if to a Holder, at such person’s address or facsimile number as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b)   if to the Company, at its address or facsimile number set forth on the cover page of this Agreement and addressed to the attention of the President, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer.

4.4          Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Utah as applied to agreements entered into among Utah residents to be performed entirely within Utah, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

4.5          Successors and Assigns .   Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company.  Any attempt by an

 

19



 

Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void.  Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties.

4.6          Entire Agreement .   This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof.  No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

4.7          Delays or Omissions .   Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof.  All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

4.8          Severability .   Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of the Investors hereunder are several rights, not rights jointly held with any of the other Investors.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision, and the parties agree to negotiate, in good faith, a legal and enforceable substitute provision which most nearly effects the parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

4.9          Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

4.10        Expenses .   If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

4.11        Severability .   If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

4.12        Telecopy Execution and Delivery .   A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties hereto by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes.  At the

 

20



 

request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

4.13        Jurisdiction; Venue .   With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Salt Lake County in the State of Utah (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the District of Utah).

4.14        Jury Trial EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

4.15        Further Assurances .   Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

4.16        Confidentiality .   Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally or such Holder is required to disclose such information by a governmental authority; provided that Holders may provide summary business, finance and operational information about the Company in their reports to their equity holders as long as such distributed information is accompanied by a statement notifying the recipient of the confidential nature of the information and the restrictions on its use.

(SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW)

 

21



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.
a Utah corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick Byrne

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Patrick Byrne

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

"COMMON HOLDERS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Patrick Byrne

 

 

Patrick Byrne

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HAVERFORD INTERNET LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.
a Utah corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

"COMMON HOLDERS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patrick Byrne

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HAVERFORD INTERNET LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Pettway

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

John Pettway

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arran Partners, L.P.

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ George Wyper

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Member of Wyper Partners, L.L.C.

 

 

its General

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James R. and Rebecca C. Byrne

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James R. Byrne         /s/ Rebecca C. Byrne

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Byrne

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John Byrne

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terry L. Baxter

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Terry L. Baxter

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C & E Investors LLC

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s John L. West

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member—John L. West

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTEX LTD

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Tim Calveley

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tim Calveley—Agent for CONTEXT LTD

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Haverford Internet LLC

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John Pettway

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Pettway, Manager

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stuart and Tracy Jenkins

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stuart Jenkins      /s/ Tracy Jenkins

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Kliber

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brad Kliber

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Luban and Judith Lichtenberg

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Luban

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Judith Lichtenberg

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Judith Lichtenberg

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Gordon S. Macklin Family Trust

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gordon S. Macklin

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Otter Capital LLC

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John M. Pasquesi

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John M. Pasquesi, Managing Member

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rope Ferry Associates Ltd.

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas B. Christensen

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President of General Partner

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arnold-Peter C. Weiss, M.D.

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Arnold-Peter C. Weiss, M.D.

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

"INVESTORS"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George U. Wyper

 

 

Print Investor's Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ George U. Wyper

 

 

Signature of Investor (or authorized signatory

if not an individual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized signatory, if

Investor is not an individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Overstock.com Inc. Investor Rights Agreement]

 



 

SCHEDULE I

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

[Insert Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement]

 

 



 

SCHEDULE II

SCHEDULE OF COMMON HOLDERS

 

Patrick Byrne

Haverford Internet LLC

 

 

 

(SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT)






Exhibit 10.1

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of __________  __, 20__, by and between Overstock.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and ______________________ (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A.            The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as officers and directors of the Company and to indemnify its officers and directors so as to provide them with the maximum protection permitted by law.

B.            The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as amended and in effect on the date hereof, permit the Company to indemnify its officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration for Indemnitee’s services as an officer or director of the Company and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

1.             Indemnification .

(a)           Third Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indem­nify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding (including, but not limited to, any alternative dispute resolution mechanism), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company, as provided in Section 1(b), below) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corpo­ra­tion, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reason­ably incurred by Indemnitee in defending such action, suit or proceeding (including, but not limited to, any alternative dispute resolution mechanism) if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indem­nitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.  The termina­tion of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settle­ment, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equiva­lent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 



 

(b)           Action or Suit By or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indem­nitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indem­nitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c)           Mandatory Payment of Expenses .  To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, a dismissal with prejudice) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Subsec­tions (a) and (b) of this Section 1, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

(d)           Advancement of Expenses .  The Company shall pay all expenses incurred by Indemnitee in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referenced in subsections (a) or (b) hereof (but not amounts actually paid in settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding) in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding.  Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and to the extent that, it shall ulti­mately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company; provided, however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made pursuant to Section 2(b) below that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company shall not be binding with respect to the advancement of expenses by the Company and Indemnitee shall continue to be eligible to have expenses advanced under this Section 1(d) and shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).  The Company may require that Indemnitee furnish an additional written statement(s) prior to each advancement of expenses stating that Indemnitee undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and to the extent that, it shall ulti­mately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

2.             Procedure .

(a)           Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee .  Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified or have expenses advanced under this Agreement, give the

 

2



 

Company notice in writing as soon as practic­able of any action, suit or proceeding or the threat of any action, suit or proceeding made against Indemnitee for which indemnifica­tion will or could be sought under this Agreement, but in no event later than seven (7) days after Indemnitee’s receipt of a summons, legal complaint or written notice of any such action, suit or proceeding.  Notice to the Com­pany shall be given as provided in Section 9 below.  In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power.

(b)           Authorization and Reviewing Party .

(i)            Authorization .   Any indemnification or advancement of expenses as set forth in Section 1 above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) above.

(ii)           Reviewing Party .  The determination referenced in Section 2(b)(i) above shall be made, as selected by the Board of Directors, by either: (1) a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if all of the directors are parties to such action, suit or proceeding, an Independent Counsel (as defined in Section 8 below) in a written opinion addressed to the Board of Directors and Indemnitee, or (4) the vote of the stockholders owning at least a majority of the Company’s outstanding Voting Securities (as defined in Section 8 below) on a fully-diluted basis.

(iii)          Reviewing Party following Change of Control .  Notwithstanding Section 2(b)(ii) above, upon and following a Change of Control (as defined in Section 8 below) (other than a Change of Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change of Control) the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement shall be determined by an Independent Counsel.  Such Independent Counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company’s Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses of more than one Independent Counsel in connection with all matters concerning a single Indemnitee, and such Independent Counsel shall be the Independent Counsel for any or all other Indemnitees, if any, unless (i) the employment of separate counsel by one or more Indemnitees has been previously authorized by the Company in writing, or (ii) an Indemnitee shall have provided to the Company a written statement that such Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between such Indemnitee and the other Indemnitees with respect to the matters arising under this Agreement.

 

3



 

(c)           Timing .  Subject to Section 2(b) above, any indemnification and advances pro­vided for in Section 1 shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request from Indemnitee requesting such indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

(d)           No Presumptions .  In the event that any legal proceedings are insti­tuted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under this Agreement, it is the parties’ intention that the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the courts to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, or any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, the Independent Counsel or the Company’s stockholders) to have made a determination pursuant to Section 2(b) above that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination pursuant to Section 2(b) above that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.  Absent such legal proceedings by Indemnitee, any determination made pursuant to Section 2(b) above shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

(e)           Notice to Insurers .  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of an action, suit or proceeding pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to its insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter make all reasonable efforts to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such action, suit or proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(f)            Selection of Counsel .  In the event the Company shall be obligated to indemnify or advance expenses as set forth in Section 1 above, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so.  After delivery of such notice and approval of such counsel by Indemnitee, the Company will not be liable to Indem­nitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding; provided , however , that if either (i) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (ii) after the approval of the retention of such counsel by Indemnitee, the Company shall not, in fact, have retained counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding within a reasonable time after Indemnitee’s approval, then Indemnitee shall notify the Company that it is again retaining its own counsel and the Company shall again be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent not otherwise limited by any other section of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding this Section 2(f), Indemnitee may at any time retain its own counsel at its sole expense.

3.             Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity .

(a)           Scope .  The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to

 

4



the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provi­sions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorpora­tion, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute.  In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes shall be, ipso facto , within the purview of Indemnitee’s rights and Company’s obligations, under this Agreement.  In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

(b)           Nonexclusivity. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to such action in another capacity while holding such office.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Agree­ment shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any action, suit or other covered proceeding.

4.             Partial Indemnification .  If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines or settlements actually or reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in the investiga­tion, defense, appeal or settlement of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or settlements to which Indemnitee is entitled.

5.             Mutual Acknowledgement .  Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, the laws of the United States or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise.  Indem­nitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

6.             Liability Insurance .  To the extent the Company maintains liability insurance applicable to directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policies in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance.

 

5



 

7.             Exceptions .  Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

(a)           Excluded Acts or Omissions .  (i) To indemnify Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s acts, omissions or transactions from which Indemnitee may not be indemnified under applicable law; or (ii) to indemnify Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s intentional acts or transactions in violation of the Company’s policies;

(b)           Claims Initiated by Indemnitee .  To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to actions, suits or proceedings initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to actions, suits or proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agree­ment or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the Company’s Certifi­cate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect, (ii) in specific cases, if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such action, suit or proceeding, or (iii) as otherwise required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or successor statute, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be;

(c)           Lack of Good Faith .  To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such action, suit or proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;

(d)           Insured Claims; No Duplicate Payments .  To indemnify Indemnitee or advance expenses to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise already actually received payment of such amounts directly from any third party, including, but not limited to, insurance companies under liability insurance maintained by the Company; or

(e)           Claims Under Section 16(b) .  To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or any successor statute.

8.             Construction of Certain Phrases .

(a)           For purposes of this Agreement, references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and author­ity to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

6



 

(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a direc­tor, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indem­nitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

(c)           For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or entity other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities (as defined below) of the Company outstanding immedi­ately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power repre­sented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liqui­dation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposi­tion by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of trans­actions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; provided, however , that following the Company’s registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and during such period as the Company shall be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, a “Change of Control” shall also be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their owner­ship of stock of the Company, (A) who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securi­ties of the Company repre­senting 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities (as defined below), increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person, or (B) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose elec­tion by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

(d)           For purposes of this Agreement, “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys who shall not have performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last three (3) years and who shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

7



 

(e)           For purposes of this Agreement, “ Voting Securities ” mean shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

9.             Notice .  All notices, requests, demands and other communi­­cations under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received (i) if delivered by hand, on the date of such delivery, (ii) if mailed by United States certified or first-class mail, with postage prepaid and addressed to the recipient, on the third business day after the date postmarked and (iii) if sent by overnight Federal Express delivery or any other nationally-recognized overnight delivery service, on the next business day after having been deposited for delivery.  Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as a party to this Agreement shall have furnished to the other party in writing.  All notices, requests, demands or other communications under this Agreement addressed to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

10.           Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event that any action is insti­tuted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, unless as a part of such action, the court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action were not made in good faith or were frivolous.  In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by Indem­nitee in defense of such action (including with respect to Indem­nitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made by Indemnitee in such action), unless as a part of such action the court determines that each of Indemnitee’s material defenses to such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

11.           Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Agree­ment, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

12.           Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof.

13.           Consent to Exclusive Jurisdiction .  The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be commenced, prosecuted and continued only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, which shall be the exclusive and only proper forum for adjudicating such claim.

 

8



 

14.           Integration and Entire Agreement .  This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.

15.           Amendment and Termination .  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16.           Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s estate, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

17.           Severability .  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law.  The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agree­ment.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law or public policy, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law or public policy, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

18.           Titles and Subtitles .  The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

19.           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

20.           No Construction as Employment Agreement .  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to continued employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Signature of Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name and Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10





EXHIBIT 10.9

OLD MILL CORPORATE CENTER

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Lease”) is dated the 27th day of November , 2001 , between HOLLADAY BUILDING EAST L.L.C. , (“ Lessor”) and Overstock.com (“Lessee”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1             Premises .  The Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee leases from Lessor, upon the terms and conditions of this Lease, those premises outlined on a floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and made a part hereof (the “Premises”), and containing approximately 3,095 rentable and 2,623 usable square feet located on the First floor, suite #105 of the building known as Old Mill Corporate Center (the “Building”) located at 6322 South 3000 East, Salt Lake City, Utah 84121 .  The term “Property” shall refer to the Building and real property, the entire site, together with any and all appurtenances, rights, privileges and easements pertaining thereto including but not limited to the elevators, stairways, corridors, entranceways, rest rooms, walkways, roadways, driveways, loading docks, cafeteria, parking facilities and other similar or related facilities (collectively “Common Areas”) as may exist in and about the Building and Property.

Lessor and Lessee are aware and acknowledge that the foregoing area contains Lessee’s allocated share of the common area of the building.

Section 1.2             Term .  This Lease shall commence on the date Lessor delivers to Lessee possession of the Premises in substantially complete condition (as defined in Section 2.1 hereinafter) (the “Commencement Date”) and shall terminate on the date two (2) years following the Commencement Date.

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1             Possession .

I.              The parties intend for Lessor to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee in substantially complete condition on January 1, 2002 .  Nevertheless, Lessee is aware and acknowledges that Lessor may be unable to deliver possession of the Premises on such date due to causes beyond the reasonable control of Lessor.  In such event, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; and Lessor shall have no liability to Lessee whatsoever as a result of the delay in delivery of possession.

II.            In the event Lessor is able to deliver to Lessee possession of the Premises in substantially complete condition prior to January 1, 2002 , Lessee may but shall not be required to take possession of the Premises at any time prior to January 1, 2002 .

 



 

III.           In the event Lessor is unable to deliver to Lessee possession of the Premises in substantially complete condition on January 1, 2002 , rent shall abate until Lessor is able to deliver to Lessee possession of the Premises in substantially complete condition.

IV.           For purposes of this Lease, the term “substantially complete condition” shall mean that Lessor has completed the improvements in accordance with the plans set forth in the Addendum, with the exception of minor punch-list items, and has received a certificate of occupancy for the Premises.

V.            Should the Commencement Date be other than the first day of a month, rent shall be prorated for such month based upon the date Lessor deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee.

VI.           Lessee’s square footage has been calculated using the architect’s estimates of what the size will be when built.  Lessor and Lessee agree to measure the “as-built” space during or after construction when the fixed demising walls are in place.  In the event there is a change in the size of the suite from the plans to the “as-built” space, Lessor and Lessee agree to amend the Lease consistent therewith, including any change in the amount of rent resulting from the change in size.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1             Base Rental .  Lessee agrees to pay Lessor at 6322 South 3000 East, Suite #120 Salt Lake City, Utah 84121 or such other place as the Lessor may from time to time designate, an annual rental for the use of the Premises in the amount of $24,000.00 (the “Base Rental”), payable in equal monthly installments $2,000.00 each, the monthly installments of rental to be paid in advance, without demand, deduction or offset, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the term hereof (the “Due Date”).  Rental payments shall commence on the 1st day of January, 2003 , or on the date the Lessee occupies the Premises, whichever occurs first.  If such commencement day for the payment of rentals occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, Lessee shall pay rent for the fractional calendar month involved on a per diem basis (calculated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month).

Section 3.2             Late Charge and Interest .  Lessee acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to Lessor of rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to fix.  Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Lessor by the terms of any encumbrance and note secured by any encumbrance covering the Premises.  Therefore, if any installment or rent due from Lessee is not received by Lessor within five (5) days following the Due Date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue rent as a late charge.  The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee.  Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Lessee’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Lessor.

 

2



 

Rent not paid when due also shall bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the Due Date until paid.  Any late charge also shall bear interest at the rate set forth above, commencing five (5) days following the Due Date.

Section 3.3             Returned Checks .  In the event a check comes back due to insufficient funds, a service charge of $25 will be assessed to the Lessee.

[Sections 3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.3(A), 4.3(B), 4.3(C), 4.4(A), 4.4(B), 4.4(B)a-k, 4.5, 4.5(A), 4.5(B), 4.5(C), 4.6, and 4.7 appear with strike-throughs in original document.]

ARTICLE V

Section 5.1             Use .  Lessee shall use the Premises only for general office purposes and for no other business or purpose, without the prior written consent of Lessor.

Section 5.2             Building Rules .  Attached hereto are the rules and regulations relating to the Premises and the entire Property of which the Premises are a part.  Lessor shall have the right, at any time or times hereafter, to adopt other or additional rules and regulations, and to rescind or amend all

 

3



or any o the attached rules and regulations or of amendments to any of the rules and regulations attached.  The Lessee shall faithfully observe and strictly comply with and abide by all such rules and regulations from time to time in force and shall cause Lessee’ employees, guests and invitees to observe and comply with the same.

(a)           Section VIII of Building Rules states that, in compliance with the Utah Clean Air Act, it is our policy to have tenants refrain from smoking in the buildings.
(b)           Section IX of Building Rules states that chair mats are required under all rolling chairs.

Section 5.3             Use Prohibited .  Lessee shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises nor bring or keep anything therein which will in any way increase the rate of or affect any fire or other insurance upon the Building or any of its contents, or cause a cancellation or any insurance policy covering said Building or contents.  Lessee shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Lessee cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, or about the Premises.  No loud speakers or other similar device, system or apparatus which can be heard or experienced outside the Premises shall, without the prior written approval of Lessor, be use in or at the Premises.  Lessee shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises.  The provision of this Section 5.3 are for the benefit of Lessor only and are not nor shall they be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1             Utilities .  Lessor agrees to furnish reasonable amounts of heat and air conditioning during generally recognized business hours and during the usual and appropriate season, and to furnish electricity and water in reasonable amounts; but Lessor shall not be liable for any loss or damage caused by or resulting from any variation, interruption or failure of such services due to any cause other than the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor; and no temporary interruption or failure of such services incident to the making of repairs, alterations or improvements or due to accidents or strikes or conditions or events not under Lessor’s control shall be deemed as an eviction of Lessee or relieve Lessee from any of Lessee’s obligations hereunder.  If there are separate utility meters for the Premises, Lessee will pay all costs associated with said utility meters.  If there are not separate utility meters, Lessee will pay their proportionate share of the associated utility costs.

Section 6.2             Excess Consumption of Utilities .  Lessee must have prior written consent of the Lessor to add any equipment to, or in any other way make use of, the Premises which may cause or result in a larger than normal use of heat, air conditioning, electricity, gas, water, sewer, refuse removal or other services.  In the event Lessor consents to the installation of such equipment, or such use, Lessor may assess the estimated additional expense to the Lessee and Lessee shall pay said amount at the same time he pays his monthly rental installment.

 

4



 

Section 6.3             Janitorial and Other Services .  Lessor agrees to supply janitorial service for all interior and exterior common areas.  Lessor shall provide janitorial service for the interior portion of the leased unit.  If Lessee requires janitorial services above and beyond services required for a standard, 40-hour-work-week tenant, Lessee shall be responsible for all associated additional costs.

(a)           Janitorial service includes vacuuming and dumping of trash cans.
(b)           Lessee shall be responsible for carpet cleaning, blind cleaning, window cleaning and, when applicable, stripping and waxing of floors.
(c)           Lessor shall be responsible for normal repairs to the basic plumbing, heating, air conditioning and electrical systems.
(d)           Lessor shall be responsible for the purchase, replacement, and installation of all light bulbs within leased premises.
(e)           In the event of negligence or willful destruction by Lessee or Lessee’s clients, Lessee shall be responsible for plumbing and electrical repairs, the replacement of carpets, draperies, wall coverings, floor tile, light fixtures and related attachments, and any other hardware items within the Premises.
(f)            Lessee further agrees that any redecorating done during the term of this Lease shall be at the expense of Lessee.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1             Right of Entry .  Lessor shall have the right of access to the Premises at all reasonable times for the purposes of, including, without limitation, inspecting, cleaning and repairing the same, or to exhibit the Premises at any time before the expiration of this Lease.

Section 7.2             Maintenance and Repair .  Lessee shall maintain and repair the interior of the Premises in the same condition as delivered to it, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Lessee shall not damage or destroy the Premises.  In the event Lessee shall fail to comply with its obligations hereunder, Lessor shall have the right to enter onto the Premises and effect such repair and maintenance and charge the costs thereof to the Lessee together with twelve percent (12%) interest per annum on the costs so expended, said amounts to be considered as additional rent hereunder.

Section 7.3             Improvements .  Lessee hereby accepts the Premises in its present condition without any obligation upon Lessor to make any repairs or restoration thereto except as provided on Addendum “A” attached hereto and made a part hereof.  It is further agreed that this Lease is made by the Lessor and accepted by the Lessee under the distinct understanding and agreement that the Lessor shall have the right and privilege to make and build additions to the Building as it may deem wise and advisable without any liability to the Lessee therefor.

 

5



 

(a)           Lessee shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises without first obtaining the prior written consent of Lessor.  Lessee hereby waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Lessor as provided by any law or statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.
(b)           All alterations, additions of improvements to the Premises, installed at the expense of Lessor or Lessee, except movable office furniture, Lessee’s trade fixtures and equipment, shall, unless Lessor elects otherwise in writing, become the building of Lessor upon the installation thereof, and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration or termination of this Lease.

Section 7.4             Liens .  Lessee shall not permit any mechanics’, materialmen’s or other liens arising out of work performed by Lessee or on Lessee’s behalf, to be filed against the building, the Building, or the Premises, nor against Lessee’s leasehold interest in the Premises.  Lessor shall have the right at all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such liens.  If any such liens are so filed, Lessor may, upon thirty (30) days written notice to Lessee, without waiving its rights based on such breach by Lessee and without releasing Lessee from any obligations, pay and satisfy the same and in such event the sums so paid by Lessor, with interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date of payment, shall be due and payable by Lessee at once without notice or demand.

Section 7.5             Taxes .  Lessee agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed and which become payable during the term hereof upon Lessee’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, and other personal property located in the Premises, including carpeting installed by Lessee even though said carpeting has become a part of the Premises; and any and all taxes or increases therein levied or assessed on Lessor or Lessee by virtue of alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises made by Lessee.  In the event said taxes are charged to or paid or payable to Lessor, Lessee, forthwith upon demand therefor, shall reimburse Lessor for all of such taxes paid by Lessor.  Any taxes paid by Lessor on behalf of Lessee shall bear interest at the annual rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date of payment by Lessor thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1             Damage or Destruction .  If the Premises or the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, the damage (exclusive of any improvements or other changes made to the Premises and paid for by Lessee), may, at the option of Lessor, be repaired by and at the expense of Lessor to as near condition which existed immediately prior to such damage or destruction as reasonably possible; provided, however, that if as a result of damage by fire or other casualty more than fifty percent (50%) of the net rental area of the Building is rendered untenantable, then and in such even either Lessor or Lessee shall have the right and option (exercised, if at all, by giving written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days of such destruction or casualty) to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty.  Subject to the foregoing, the Lessor shall commence such repair within sixty (60) days after such casualty and shall complete the same within a reasonable time thereafter, subject to acts of God, strikes and other occurrence not within the control of Lessor.  In the event Lessor fails to commence such repair or restoration within such period or shall fail to

 

6



 

prosecute such repair and restoration in a timely manner, then Lessee shall have the right and option (exercised, if at all, by giving written notice within fifteen (15) days of such failure) to terminate this Lease.  In the event this Lease is terminated for any of the reasons aforesaid, any rents or other payments shall be prorated as of the effective date of such termination and proportionately refunded to the Lessee or paid to Lessor as the case may be.  During any period in time which the Premises or any portion thereof is rendered untenantable by fire or other casualty, the rent shall abate proportionately to the area rendered untenantable for the period of time during which this condition exists.

Section 8.2             Eminent Domain .  If all or any part of the Premises are taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyed to such authority in lieu of such condemnation, then either party, at its option, shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the day possession shall be taken by such authority.  If, as a result of any such taking, or conveyance in lieu of condemnation, more than fifty percent (50%) of the net rentable area of the Building is rendered untenantable, then the Lessor shall have the right and option (exercised, if at all, by giving written notice within thirty (30) days of such taking or conveyance) to terminate this Lease as of the date of such taking or conveyance.

If all or any part of the Building in which the Premises are located shall be taken by any such authority, or conveyed in lieu of condemnation, then Lessor shall have the right and option to terminate this Lease.  In the event this Lease is terminated for any of the reasons aforesaid, any rents or other payments shall be prorated as of the effective date of such termination and proportionately refunded to the Lessee or paid to the Lessor as the case may be, and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for the value of any unexpired term of the Lease.  All damages awarded for such taking under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu thereof, shall belong to and be the building of Lessor irrespective of the basis upon which they were awarded; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to receive any damages specifically awarded for its share of moving expenses.

ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1             Multiple Parties Tenant .  If there is or comes to be more than one party that constitutes Tenant hereunder (a) Their obligations shall be joint and several; and (b) Any notice required or permitted to be given to Tenant may be given by or to any one of such parties and shall have the same force and effect as if given by or to all on such parties.

Section 9.2             Assignment .  Lessee may not assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, or encumber this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, nor allow any other person (the agents and servants of Lessee excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, without first obtaining Lessor’s written consent; provided, however, if Lessor consents to one or more assignments of this Lease or consents to the subletting from time to time of the Premises or parts thereof, the Lessee shall nevertheless remain liable for its performance of this Lease on its part of be performed, including the payment of the rentals and other charges assumed by Lessee hereunder.  Lessor shall not withhold consent unreasonably.

 

7



 

Section 9.3             Subletting .  Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.1 above to the contrary, in the event at any time during the term of this Lease, Lessee desires to sublet the Premises, Lessor reserves the prior right and option (a) to require the Lessee to sublet the Premises to a sublessee approved by Lessor at the same rent as Lessee is required to pay to Lessor under this Lease; however should Lessee choose to sublease at a reduced rate, Lessee shall continue to pay to Lessor the full amount due, or (b) to terminate this Lease.  Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing not less than sixty (60) days in advance if Lessee proposes to sublet the Premises, designating the terms of the proposed subletting.  Lessor shall be allowed thirty (30) days after receipt of Lessee’s notice within which to approve the sub-tenant identified in Lessee’s notice.  In the event lessor approves the sub-tenant identified in Lessee’s notice, all of the provisions of Section 9.1 above respecting subletting shall continue to be in full force and effect; and nothing contained in this Section (9.3) shall be construed as a waiver by Lessor of any of its rights under Section 9.1 above.

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1           Signs .  The Lessee shall not place or maintain or permit to be placed or maintained any signs for advertising of any kind whatsoever on the exterior of the Building or on any exterior windows in the Building or elsewhere within the Premises so as to be visible from the exterior of the Building, or on the interior walls, including doorways of the Premises, so as to be visible from the public hallways or other public areas of the Building, except such numerals and lettering on doorways as may be approved and permitted by Lessor in writing.

Section 10.2           Parking .  Lessee shall have the right to use three and one half (3.5) parking spaces per 1,000 usable square feet.  In the event Lessee regularly uses more parking spaces, Lessor shall have the right to charge Lessee for such excess use at the rates specified below.  Lessor shall have the sole and exclusive right to designate, and from time to time in its discretion, redesignate, the parking space or spaces available for the use of Lessee, its employees, its agents, officers and customers.  Such parking facilities shall at all times be under the exclusive control and management of Lessor, and Lessor shall have the right from time to time to establish, modify and enforce rules and regulations with respect to such parking facilities.  The parking lot may not be used to store vehicles or to work on vehicles.  No vehicle shall be parked in the parking lot for more than eighteen (18) consecutive hours without prior approval from Lessor.  The tenant agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by its employees with the parking provisions contained herein.  If the Tenant or its employees park in other than such designated parking areas the Landlord may charge the Tenant, as additional rent, Ten Dollars ($10.00) per day for each day or partial day each such vehicle is parked in any part of the parking lot, or in a fire lane or handicapped area.  Any vehicles parked in the parking lots in breach of these terms may be towed away at Lessee’s expense.  Lessee releases, indemnifies and holds harmless Lessor and Lessor’s officers, employees and agents from any claims arising from or relating to such towing of vehicles including any consequential damages or loss of property of loss of the use of the vehicle or other property.  The right to tow a vehicle in addition to Lessor’s rights under the Lease for default or breach of any of the terms hereof.

Other than parking, egress and ingress, Lessee has no right to use the common areas, and Lessee shall not obstruct the common areas, including the sidewalks, landscaped areas, paved areas, parking lots, or driveways.

 

8



 

ARTICLE XI

Section 11.1           Breach or Default .  Lessee shall have breached this Lease and shall be considered in default hereunder if (a) Lessee files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization under any bankruptcy act, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) involuntary proceedings are instituted against Lessee under any bankruptcy act; (c) Lessee assigns this Lease for the benefit of creditors; (d) Lessee fails to pay any rent when due and does not make the delinquent payments within five (5) days after receipt of notice thereof from Lessor; or (e) Lessee fails to perform or comply with any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease and such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from Lessor.

Section 11.2           Effect of Breach or Default .  In the event of a breach of this Lease as set forth in Section 11.1 above, the rights of Lessor shall be as follows:

(a)           Lessor shall have the right to cancel and terminate this Lease, as well as all of the right, title, and interest of Lessee hereunder, by giving to Lessee not less than ten (10) days notice of the cancellation and termination.  On expiration of the time fixed in the notice, this Lease and the right, title and interest of Lessee shall terminate in the same manner and with the same force and effect, except as to Lessee’s liability, as of the date fixed in the notice of cancellation and termination were the end of the term herein originally determined.
(b)           Lessor may elect, but shall not be obligated, to make any payment required by Lessee herein or comply with any agreement, term, or condition required hereby to be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have the right to enter the Premises for the purpose of correcting or remedying such default and to remain until the default has been corrected, or remedied, but any expenditure for the correction by Lessor shall not be deemed to waive or release Lessee’s default or Lessor’s right to take any action as may be otherwise permissible hereunder or under the law in the case of any default.
(c)           Lessor may re-enter the Premises immediately and remove the building and personnel of Lessee, and store the building in a public warehouse or at a place selected by Lessor, at the expense of lessee.  After re-entry, Lessor may terminate this Lease on giving ten (10) days written notice of termination to Lessee.  Without such notice, re-entry will not terminate this Lease.  On termination, Lessor may recover from Lessee all damages resulting from the breach, including the cost of recovering the Premises and the worth of the balance of this Lease over the reasonable rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the Lease term, which such sum shall be immediately due Lessor from Lessee.

After re-entry, Lessor may relet the Premises or any part thereof for any term without terminating this Lease, at the rent and on the terms as Lessor may choose.  Lessor may make alterations and repairs to the Premises.  The duties and liabilities of the parties if the Premises are relet as provided herein shall be as follows:

(I)            In addition to Lessee’s liability to Lessor for breach of the Lease, Lessee shall be liable for all expenses of the reletting, for the alterations and repairs made,
 

9



and for the difference between the rent received by Lessor under the new lease agreement and the rent installments that are due for the same period under this Lease;

(II)           Lessor shall have the right to apply the rent received from reletting the Premises (a) to reduce Lessee’s indebtedness to Lessor under this Lease, not including indebtedness for rent; (b) to expenses of the reletting and alterations and repairs made; (c) to rent due under this Lease; or (d) to payment of future rent under this Lease as it becomes due.

If the new lessee does not pay a rent installment promptly to Lessor, and the rent installment has been credited in advance of payment to the indebtedness of Lessor as provided herein, and during any rent installment period, are less than the rent payable for the corresponding installment period under this Lease, Lessee shall pay Lessor the deficiency, separately for each rent installment deficiency period and before the end of that period.  Lessor may at any time after a reletting terminate the Lease for the breach on which Lessor had based the re-entry and subsequently relet the Premises.

(d)           After re-entry, Lessor may procure the appointment of a receiver to take possession and collect rents and profits of Lessee, and, if necessary, to collect the rents and profits, the receiver may take possession of the personal property used in the business of Lessee, including inventory, trade fixtures and furnishing, and use them without compensating Lessee.  Proceedings for appointment of a receiver by Lessor shall not terminate and forfeit this Lease unless the Lessor has given written notice of termination to Lessee as provided herein.
(e)           In addition to the remedies provided in this Section 11.2, the Lessor shall have all remedies now or hereafter provided by law for the enforcement of the provisions of this Lease and the Lessor’s rights hereunder.

Section 11.3           Abandonment .  Lessee shall not vacate or abandon the Premises at any time during the term hereof, and if Lessee shall abandon, vacant or surrender the Premises, or be dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to Lessee and left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, at the option of Lessor, except such property as may be mortgaged to Lessor.  However, Lessee reserves the right to vacate the premises at any time and continue to pay monthly rental obligation.

Section 11.4           Lessor’s Lien .  As security for the payment and performance by the Lessee of all terms, covenants and conditions on the part of the Lessee to be paid or performed hereunder, the Lessee hereby grants to the Lessor a security interest in all furniture, equipment, fixtures, furnishings, and other personal property of the Lessee now or hereafter situated in the Premises.  During any time that the Lessee is in default under this Lease, the Lessee shall not have the right to remove from the Premises any such furniture, equipment, fixtures, furnishings, or other personal property.  In the event of any default hereunder by the Lessee, the Lessor shall have all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Utah Uniform Commercial Code, as now in force or as hereafter amended.  Such security interest of the Lessor shall be in addition to any statutory lien or other security interest now or hereafter exiting.

 

10



 

ARTICLE XII

Section 12.1           Subordination .

(a)           This Lease, at Lessor’s option, shall be subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation for security now or hereafter placed upon the building and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.  If Lessor or any mortgagee, trustee, or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of a mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease shall be deemed prior to any such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof.
(b)           Lessee agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be (including, without limitation, a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement in the standard form used by Lessor’s lender), and failing to do so within ten (10) days after written demand, does hereby make, constitute, and irrevocably appoint Lessor as Lessee’s attorney in fact and in Lessee’s name, place and stead, to do so.  Upon Lessee’s written request to Lessor, Lessor shall request that it’s lender issue to Lessee a non-disturbance agreement on such lender’s standard form; provided, however, the failure of such lender to issue such a non-disturbance agreement shall in no way affect Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including this Section 12.1.

Section 12.2           Mortgagee Protection .

(a)           If, in connection with obtaining financing for the building or any portion thereof, Lessor’s lender shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Lessee shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent to such modifications, provided such modifications do not materially adversely affect Lessee’s rights or increase Lessee’s obligations under this Lease.
(b)           Lessee agrees to give to any trust deed or mortgage holder (“Holder”).  by prepaid certified mail, return receipt requested, at the same time as it is given to Lessor, a copy of any notice of default given to Lessor, provided that prior to such notice Lessee has been notified, in writing, (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holder.  Lessee further agrees that if Lessor shall have failed to cure such default within the time period provided for in this Lease, then the Holder shall have an additional thirty (30) days after expiration of such period, or after receipt of such notice from Lessee (if such notice to the Holder is required by this section), whichever is last to occur, within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary, to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated.

 

11



 

ARTICLE XIII

Section 13.1           Indemnification .  Lessee agrees to indemnify and save the Lessor harmless from expenses, actions, costs of actions (including attorneys’ fees), for injury (including death), to any person or persons which may occur in, on or about the Premises.  Lessee agrees to pay all sums of money in respect of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment furnished or alleged to have been furnished to Lessee in or about the Premises which may be secured by any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other lien against the Premises or the Lessee’s interest therein and will cause each such lien to be discharged, if filed, provided that Lessee may contest such lien upon delivery to Lessor of cash or marketable securities having a face amount not less than one and one-half (1 1/2) times the face amount of any such lien.  If such lien is reduced to final judgment, then and in such event Lessee shall forthwith pay and discharge said judgment.

Section 13.2           Assumption of Risk .  The Lessee assumes all risk of damage of Lessee’s property within the Premises which may be caused by water leakage, fire, windstorm, explosion, falling plaster or other cause, or by the act or omission of any other tenant in the Building, unless caused by Lessor’s negligence.

ARTICLE XIV

Section 14.1           Notices .  Any notice given to Lessor shall be in writing and forwarded to the Lessor at Lessor’s office by registered or certified mail.  Any notices given to the Lessee shall be in writing and forwarded to the Lessee at the Premises by registered or certified mail.  Either Party may designate another place for service or notices by written direction served on the other party by registered or certified mail.  Any such notice shall be deemed to have been received four (4) days after its mailing.

ARTICLE XV

Section 15.1           Relocation of Premises .  Lessor reserves the right to relocate the Lessee in substitute Premises of equivalent square footage and configuration within the building upon sixty (60) days written notice to Lessee.  If this right is exercised, Lessor shall, at its own expense, provide Lessee with paint, wall covering and carpeting at the new location, comparable to those in the original location, and shall, at Lessor’s own expense, move Lessee’s office furnishing to the new location.  If the current rental rate at the new location is less than at the original location, Lessee’s rent hereunder shall be reduced accordingly.  However, if the current rental rate at the new location is higher than at the original location, the Lessee’s rent shall not be increased for the remainder of the term hereof, except as provided in ARTICLE IV hereof.

 

12



 

ARTICLE XVI

Section 16.1           Notice of Surrender .  At least ninety (90) days before the last day of the term hereof, Lessee shall give to Lessor a written notice of intention to surrender the Premises on that date, but nothing contained herein shall be construed as an extension of the term hereof or as consent of Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

Section 16.2           Surrender at End of Term .  Upon the expiration of the term hereof or sooner termination of this Lease, Lessee agrees to surrender and yield possession of the Premises to the Lessor peacefully and in good order and condition, subject only to ordinary wear and reasonable use thereof, and subject to such damage, destruction or condition as Lessee is not required to restore or remedy under other terms and provisions of this Lease.  Lessee shall promptly surrender all keys for the Premises to Lessor at the place then fixed for payment of rent and shall inform Lessor of combinations on any locks and safes on the Premises.  Any property left in the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and the building of Lessor to dispose of as Lessor deems expedient.  Lessee agrees that, if Lessee does not surrender to Lessor, at the expiration of the term of this Lease or upon any termination thereof, then Lessee will pay to Lessor all damages that Lessor may suffer on account of Lessee’s failure to surrender possession to Lessor, and will indemnify and save Lessor harmless from and against all claims made by any succeeding lessee of the Premises against Lessor on account of such delay.

Section 16.3           Surrender of premises .  The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee or a mutual cancellation thereof shall not work a merger, and, at the option of Lessor, shall terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or at the option of Lessor, may operate as an assignment to Lessor of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

Section 16.4           Holding Over .  In the event Lessee, with Lessor’s consent, remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of this Lease and without the execution of a new lease, such tenancy shall be deemed to be from month to month, subject to all the conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease, at a rental equal to the last rental paid under this Lease, plus annual increases as more particularly set forth in ARTICLE IV of this Lease.

Section 16.5           Quiet Enjoyment .  The Lessor covenants and agrees with Lessee that upon Lessee paying said rent and other charges and performing all of the covenants and provisions aforesaid on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed, the Lessee shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

Section 16.6           Light and Air .  Lessee covenants and agrees that no diminution of light, air or view by any structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Lessor) shall entitle Lessee to any reduction of rent hereunder, result in any liability of Lessor to Lessee, or in any other way affect this Lease.

 

13



 

ARTICLE XVII

Section 17.1           Insurance .  Lessee agrees to keep in force during the term hereof, at Lessee’s expense, public liability insurance with limits in the amount of $1,000,000 for injuries to or death of persons occurring on or about the Premises and property damage insurance with limits of $500,000.  The limit of any such insurance shall not however, limit the liability of Lessee hereunder.  Said policy shall name Lessor as an additional insured, and shall insure Lessor against liability as respects acts, or omissions of Lessee; shall be issued by an insurance company licensed to do business in the State of Utah; and shall provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless ten (10) days prior written notice to Lessor is first given.  Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies holding a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least B plus, or such other rating as may be required by a lender having a lien on the Premises, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”.

Said policy or a certificate thereof shall be delivered to lessor by lessee upon commencement of the term and upon such renewal of such insurance.

Section 17.2           Subrogation .  As long as their respective insurers so permit, Lessor and Lessee hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage and other property insurance policies existing for the benefit of the respective parties.  Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

ARTICLE XVIII

Section 18.1           Obedience to Laws .  Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations and/or requirements of all county, municipal, state, federal, and other applicable governmental authorities now in force, or which may hereinafter be in force, pertaining to the Premises.  Lessee shall not use or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations and/or requirements of all county, municipal, state, federal, and other applicable governmental authorities now in force, or which may hereinafter be in force.

Section 18.2           Governing Law .  This Lease shall be construed and governed by the laws of the State of Utah.  Should any provision of this Lease be illegal or not enforceable under such laws, it or they shall be considered severable and this Lease and its conditions shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties as though the said provisions had never been included.

Section 18.3           Waiver of liability .  Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee, or those claiming through or under Lessee, for injury, death or property damage occurring in, on or about the Building and appurtenances thereto, and Lessee shall indemnify Lessor and hold it harmless from any claim arising out of any injury, death or property damage occurring in, on or about the Premises to Lessee or any employee, customer or invitees of Lessee.

Section 18.4           Time .  Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions.

 

14



 

Section 18.5           Attorneys’ Fees .  If either Lessor or Lessee shall obtain legal counsel or bring an action against the other by reason of the breach of any covenant, warranty or condition hereof, or otherwise arising out of this Lease the unsuccessful party shall pay to the prevailing party reasonable attorneys’ fees, which shall be payable whether or not any action is prosecuted to judgment.  The term “prevailing party” shall include, without limitation, a party who obtains legal counsel or brings an action against the other by reason of the other’s breach or default and obtains substantially the relief sought, whether by compromise, settlement or judgment.

Section 18.6           Waiver .  No waiver of any condition or covenant of this Lease by Lessor shall be deemed to imply or constitute a further waiver by Lessor of any other condition of this Lease.  The rights and remedies created by this Lease are cumulative and the use of one remedy shall not be taken to exclude or waive the right to the use of another.

Section 18.7           Severability .  If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 18.8           Addenda .  Clauses, additional conditions, plats and riders, if any, signed by Lessor and Lessee and endorsed on or affixed to this Lease are a part hereof, and in the event of variation or discrepancy the duplicate original hereof, including such clauses, additional conditions, plats and riders, if any, held by Lessor shall control.

Section 18.9           Entire Agreement .  This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee and no representations, express or implied, either written or oral, not herein set forth shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lessor or Lessee.  This Lease shall not be modified by any oral agreement, either express or implied, and all modifications shall be in writing and signed by both Lessor and Lessee.  No surrender of the Premises, or of the remainder of the term of this Lease shall be valid unless accepted by Lessor in writing.

Section 18.10         No Waiver .  Failure of Lessor to insist, in any one or more instances, upon strict performance of any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease, or to exercise any option herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such term, covenant, condition or option, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect.  The receipt by Lessor of rents with knowledge of a breach in any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease to be kept or performed by Lessee shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach and Lessor shall not be deemed to have waived any provisions of this Lease unless expressed in writing and signed by Lessor.

Section 18.11         Heirs and Assigns .  This Lease and all provisions, covenants and conditions thereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit to the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that no person, firm, corporation or court officer holding under or through Lessee in violation of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Lease shall have any right, interest or equity in or to this Lease, the terms of this Lease or the Premises covered by this Lease.

 

15



 

Section 18.12         Sale by Lessor .  In the event of a sale or conveyance by Lessor of the Building, the same shall operate to release Lessor from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, express or implied, herein contained in favor of Lessee, and in such event Lessee agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Lessor in and to this Lease.  If any security be given by Lessee to secure the faithful performance of all or any of the covenants of this Lease on the part of Lessee, Lessor may transfer and/or deliver the security, as such, to the successor in interest of Lessor, and thereupon Lessor shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto.  Except as set forth in this Section 18.12 this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale or conveyance.

Section 18.13         Estoppel Certificates .  At any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days prior to request by Lessor, Lessee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor a statement certifying the date of commencement of this Lease, stating without limitation that (a) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and the date and nature of such modifications); (b) the dates to which the rent has been paid; (c) Lessee has no claims against Lessor, (d) neither Lessor nor Lessee is in default under this Lease; and (e) setting forth such other matters as may reasonably be requested by Lessor.  Lessor and Lessee intend that by such statement delivered pursuant to this Section 18.13 may be relied upon any mortgagee or the beneficiary of any Deed of Trust or by any purchaser as prospective purchaser of the Building.

Section 18.14         Defined Terms:  Headings .  The words “Lessor” and “Lessee” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular.  Words used in masculine gender include the feminine and neuter.  If there be more than one Lessee, the obligation hereunder imposed upon Lessee shall be joint and several.  The headings to the paragraphs of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

LESSOR:  HOLLADAY BUILDING EAST L.L.C.

 

 

LESSEE:  OVERSTOCK.COM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By and through its Manager Holladay Building East Management Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Peck

 

By:

/s/ Doug Greene

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

Vice President

 

 

Its:

Doug Greene

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTO

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Please print signature)

 

16



 

ADDENDUM A

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS:

Lessee accepts the Premises in “as is” condition.  Any additional tenant improvements shall be at the sole expense of Lessee and must be pre-approved by Lessor.

SIGNAGE:

Lessee shall have the option to install its name on the Property monument sign located at the entrance of the property, the building lobby directory, and by Lessee’s main suite door entrance.  All signage shall conform to the building shall be at Lessee’s expense.

SECURITY ACCESS CARDS:

Lessor shall provide Lessee with the first 10 (ten) security access cards, for Lessee and its employees, at no cost to Lessee.  Should Lessee or its employees lose said access cards or should Lessee require additional access cards, Lessee shall be responsible for the replacements cost (approximately $11.00 each access card).

BROKERAGE:

Lessor and Lessee warrant and represent that they have had no dealings with any outside real estate broker or agent, and know of no one who is entitled to a commission for this Lease.

FREE RENT:

Lessor shall provide Lessee with 12 (twelve) months of free rent (January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002).

 

17



 

OLD MILL CORPORATE CENTER

BUILDING RULES

I.              RENT

A.            Rent is due on the first (1st) of the month.

B.            Rent shall be paid to Beckstrand and Associates at P.O. Box 712320, Salt Lake City, UT 84171-2320.

C.            Checks returned due to insufficient funds will be assessed a $25 service fee.

II.            PROPERTY MANAGEMENT

A.            Old Mill Corporate Center is owned by Holladay Building East L.L.C. (“Landlord”).

B.            Beckstrand & Associates is the Property Management Company (“Property Manager”).  Should you have any maintenance questions or concerns please call (801) 944-7722 and give the information to whomever answers the phone and the message will be relayed.

C.            In the event of an emergency after hours, please call 801-267-2054, which is a digital pager.  Please reserve calls regarding normal repairs to the Property Manager’s normal business hours, M-F 8:00 am — 5:00 pm.

III.           SIGNS

A.            Standard signs must be used on all office doors and entrances.  The Property Manager will order signs and bill the tenant for the purchase price.

B.            All signs are the property of the building and are not to be removed without the express approval of the Landlord.

IV.           PARKING

A.            In order to leave the most convenient space for customer’s parking, tenants and their employees are not to park directly in front of the building or in reserved visitor parking stalls.

B.            Please refrain from parking in the spaces reserved for the handicapped.  Unauthorized vehicles parked in these spaces will be towed away at the owner’s expense.

C.            Vehicles should not be left in the parking lot overnight.  Any vehicle left overnight without prior consent will be towed away at the owner’s expense.

 

18



 

D.            Any vehicle parked on the premises for the purpose of selling that vehicle will be towed away at the owner’s expense.

E.             The storage, repairs, or cleaning of vehicles will not be permitted on the premises.

V.            SECURITY

A.            There is a “No Soliciting” sign posted on the building.  Please notify the Property Manager if there is any soliciting on the premises.

B.            The distribution or posting of handbills on the premises is expressly prohibited.  We would appreciate being notified if handbills are distributed or posted.

C.            All buildings are equipped with fire extinguishers.  Please familiarize yourself with the location of them.

D.            When you leave at the end of the day please make sure that all windows are closed and that all doors are locked.

E.             Please make sure you turn off your coffee makers and misc. equipment each night to prevent fire.  We strongly recommend that all coffee makers be equipped with an automatic shutoff.

VI.           TRASH DISPOSAL

A.            Tenant may utilize available dumpsters for office trash can waste only.  Packing skids, boxes, or garbage from the office or home are not to be placed in or around dumpsters, Landlord reserves the right to bill Tenant for extra trash pick-ups as a result.  It is the sole responsibility of the Tenant to dispose of excessive trash and packaging material somewhere else.

VII.         SMOKING

A.            Due to the Utah Clean Air Act, tenants must refrain from smoking in the building, or within 25 feet of the building.  Smoking is permitted only in the designated smoking area(s) for the building.

VIII.        MISCELLANEOUS

A.            Chair mats are required under all rolling chairs to protect the carpet.

B.            Any burning of candles is prohibited.

IX.           SECURITY ACCESS CARD

A.            Upon request from Tenant’s authorized representative, security access cards will be individually programmed and given to Tenant and its employees.  Tenant will be charged $11.00 for each lost card or card that is not returned to Landlord.

 

19



 

X.            REKEYING

A.            Tenant must obtain Landlord’s permission before rekeying any lock(s).  Rekeying of locks shall be to the building’s grand master system.  Rekeying of locks will be at the expense of the Tenant.  Landlord reserves the right to rekey the Premises and bill Tenant if Tenant rekeys lock(s) without Landlord’s consent, or off of building’s grand master system.

XI.           ANIMALS, REFUSE

A.            Tenants shall not allow anything to be placed on the window of the Premises or to be thrown out of any outside opening of the Building.  Tenants shall not place or permit to be placed any obstruction of refuse in any public part of the Building.

B.            No animal shall be brought into the office, halls, corridors, elevators or any other part of the Building by Tenants or the agents, employees or invitees of the Tenants.

XII.         INVOICING

A.            Landlord does not invoice for monthly rents.  Tenant is responsible for keeping track of annual increases.  As files are audited, Tenant may be notified as a courtesy, but Landlord is not obligated to do so.

 

20


 


 

21





 

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

December 16, 1998

 

 

 

LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN

 

 

 

 

2855 E. COTTONWOOD PARKWAY, L.C., as

 

Landlord

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

DISCOUNTSDIRECT, as

 

Tenant

 

 

 

 

DATED December 21, 1998

 



 

PART I SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

 

 

A

PREMISES (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 2):

 

B

LEASE TERM (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 3):

 

C

BASE RENT (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5):

 

D

ADDITIONAL RENT (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5.3):

 

E

SECURITY DEPOSIT (Glossary of Defined Terms):

 

F

PARKING CHARGE (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5.5):

 

G

ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 27.7):

 

H

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS:

 

 

 

 

PART II LEASE PROVISIONS

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

2.

PREMISES

 

 

 

 

3.

TERM

 

 

 

 

4.

USE

 

 

 

 

5.

RENT

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

Base Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

No Other Adjustment of Base Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

Additional Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

Parking Charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.6

Payment of Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.7

Delinquent Payments and Handling Charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.8

Letter of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.9

Holding Over

 

 

 

 

 

6.

CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

Access by Tenant Prior to Commencement of Term

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.3

Commencement Date; Adjustments to Commencement Date

 

 

 

 

 

7.

SERVICES TO BE FURNISHED BY LANDLORD

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

Keys and/or Access Cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.3

Tenant Identity, Signs and Other Matters

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.4

Charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.5

Operating Hours

 

 

 

 

 

8.

REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

 

 

 

2



 

 

8.1

By Landlord

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

By Tenant

 

 

 

 

 

9.

TAXES ON TENANT’S PROPERTY

 

 

 

 

10.

TRANSFER BY TENANT

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

Conditions

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

Liens

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

Assignments in Bankruptcy

 

 

 

 

 

11.

ALTERATIONS

 

 

 

 

12.

PROHIBITED USES

 

 

 

 

 

12.1

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.2

Hazardous Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.3

Overstandard Tenant Use

 

 

 

 

 

13.

ACCESS BY LANDLORD

 

 

 

 

14.

CONDEMNATION

 

 

 

 

15.

CASUALTY

 

 

 

 

 

15.1

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.2

Acts of Tenant

 

 

 

 

 

16.

SUBORDINATION, NON–DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT

 

 

 

 

 

16.1

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.2

Attornment

 

 

 

 

 

17.

INSURANCE

 

 

 

 

 

17.1

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.2

Waiver of Subrogation

 

 

 

 

 

18.

TENANT’S INDEMNITY

 

 

 

 

19.

THIRD PARTIES; ACTS OF FORCE MAJEURE; EXCULPATION

 

 

 

 

20.

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

 

 

 

21.

CONTROL OF COMMON AREAS

 

 

 

 

22.

RIGHT TO RELOCATE

 

 

 

 

23.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

 

 

 

24.

DEFAULT BY TENANT

 

 

 

 

 

24.1

Events of Default

 

 

 

3



 

 

24.2

Remedies of Landlord

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.3

Payment by Tenant

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.4

Reletting

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.5

Landlord’s Right to Pay or Perform

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.6

No Waiver; No Implied Surrender

 

 

 

 

 

25.

DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD

 

 

 

 

26.

RIGHT OF REENTRY

 

 

 

 

27.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

 

27.1

Independent Obligations; No Offset

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.2

Time of Essence

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.3

Applicable Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.4

Assignment by Landlord

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.5

Estoppel Certificates; Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.6

Signs, Building Name and Building Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.7

Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.8

Entire Agreement, Amendment and Binding Effect

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.9

Severability

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.10

Number and Gender, Captions and References

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.11

Attorneys’ Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.12

Brokers

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.13

Interest on Tenant’s Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.14

Authority

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.15

Recording

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.16

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.17

Multiple Counterparts

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.18

Survival of Indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.19

Miscellaneous

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A:

Glossary of Defined Terms

Exhibit B:

Description of Premises

Exhibit C:

Building Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D:

Intentionally Left Blank

Exhibit D1:

Intentionally Left Blank

Exhibit D2:

Intentionally Left Blank

Exhibit E:

Legal Description of Land

Exhibit F:

Intentionally Left Blank

Exhibit G:

Acknowledgement of Lease Commencement Date

Exhibit H:

Estoppel Certificate, Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Adornment Agreement

Exhibit I:

Lease Guaranty

 

 

4



 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

                THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 21 st day of December, 1998, between 2855 E. COTTONWOOD PARKWAY, L.C. as Landlord , and DISCOUNTSDIRECT, as Tenant .

 

PART I
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

                Each reference in this Summary of Basic Lease Information to the Lease Provisions contained in PART II shall be construed to incorporate all the terms provided in said Lease Provisions, and reference in the Lease Provisions to the Summary contained in this PART I shall be construed to incorporate the provisions of this Summary.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Summary and the provisions in the balance of the Lease, the latter shall control.  The basic terms of this Lease are as follows:

 

A.            PREMISES (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 2

 

1.             Premises Location:  Suite 500, consisting of approximately 6,370 square feet of Rentable Area (5,539 usable square feet), located on the fifth floor of the Building (as outlined on the floor plan attached to this Lease as Exhibit B), the street address of which is 2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, as constructed on the Land which is further described on Exhibit E hereto.  Tenant shall lease the Premises as described above from December 15, 1998, through August 31, 1999.  Beginning September 1, 1999, and continuing throughout the remainder of the Lease Term, the Premises (Suite 500) shall consist of approximately 12,507 square feet of Rentable Area (10,876 usable square feet).

 

2.             Number of Approximate Square Feet of Rentable Area in the Building:  Approximately One Hundred Four Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy–Four (104,974) square feet.

 

B.            LEASE TERM (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 3)

 

1.             Duration:  Five (5) years, Eleven (11) days.

 

2.             Lease Commencement Date (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 6.3):  The earliest to occur of the following events:  (a) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) of the Landlord’s Work, or (b) the date on which Landlord would have substantially completed the Landlord’s Work and tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant but for certain delays attributable to Tenant as provided in Paragraph 6.3, or (c) the date on which Tenant takes possession of the Premises.  Subject to the execution and delivery of the Lease Agreement to Landlord by Tenant on or before December 18, 1998, the Lease Commencement Date is scheduled to be December 21, 1998.

 

3.             Lease Expiration Date (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 3):  The last day of December, 2003, at 5:00 p.m., unless earlier terminated as provided in this Lease.

 

C.            BASE RENT (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5)

 

Lease Year

 

Monthly Base Rent

 

Annual Base Rent

 

12/21/98 — 12/31/98

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

l/l/99 — 4/30/99

 

$

6,000.00

 

$

72,000.00

 

5/l/99 — 8/31/99

 

$

9,000.00

 

$

108,000.00

 

9/l/99 — 12/31/99

 

$

23,190.00

 

$

278,280.00

 

Year 2

 

$

23,867.53

 

$

286,410.30

 

Year 3

 

$

24,544.99

 

$

294,539.85

 

Year 4

 

$

25,222.45

 

$

302,669.40

 

Year 5

 

$

25,899.91

 

$

310,798.95

 

 

 

5



 

D.            ADDITIONAL RENT (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5.3)

 

1.             Base Year (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5.3.1):  The Fiscal Year commencing January 1 through December 31, 1999.

 

2.             Tenant’s Share (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5.3.1):  Tenant’s Share for Tenant’s payment of Operating Expenses means Five and 82/100 percent (5.82%) December 15, 1998, through August 31, 1999, and Eleven and 91/100 percent (11.91%) September 1, 1999, throughout the remainder of the Lease Term.

 

E.             SECURITY DEPOSIT (Glossary of Defined Terms)

 

                Means a Letter of Credit of Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) to be delivered to Landlord on or before February 17, 1999.  (See Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5.8.)

 

F.             PARKING CHARGE (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 5.5)

 

                Tenant shall, December 15, 1998, through August 31, 1999, lease from Landlord up to a total of twenty–one (21) automobile parking spaces, of which total Tenant may elect to lease up to five (5) (assigned and covered automobile parking spaces at an initial cost of Thirty and 00/100 Dollars ($30.00) per month per space.  Tenant shall September 1, 1999, and throughout the remainder of the Term, lease from Landlord up to a total of forty–four (44) automobile parking spaces, of which total Tenant may elect to lease up to Eleven (11) assigned and covered automobile parking spaces at an initial cost of Thirty and 00/100 Dollars ($30.00) per month per space.  The remainder of the automobile parking spaces leased by Tenant which Tenant does not elect to have assigned and covered shall be unassigned parking spaces at a cost of Zero Dollars ($0.00) per month per space for the first five years of the initial Term of the Lease.

 

G.            ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES (Lease Provisions, Paragraph 27.7)

 

1.             Tenant’s Address:

 

1.1           Before Lease Commencement Date:

 

Rob Brazell

6322 South 3000 East, Suite L201

Salt Lake City, UT 84124

 

1.2           After Lease Commencement Date:

 

Rob Brazell

2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, Suite 500

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

 

2.             Landlord’s Address:

 

2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, L.C.

c/o John L. West

2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, Suite 560

Salt Lake City, Utah 84121

 

3.             Address of Landlord’s Lender or Mortgagee:

 

Teachers Insurance and Annuity

Association of America

730 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10017

 

H.            TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

1.             Tenant shall accept the Premises in an “as–is” condition with the following exception:

 

 

6



 

                (a)           Prior to the Commencement Date Landlord shall construct a demising wall that will divide Suites 500 into two suites (500 and 530 as shown on Exhibit B”).  On or before September 1, 1999, Landlord shall remove said wall and restore Premises to its original condition so tenant may occupy the entire Premises.

 

                Any and all other Tenant Improvements shall be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with the terms of the Lease Agreement.

 

 

7



 

PART II
LEASE PROVISIONS

 

1.             DEFINITIONS .   The definitions of certain of the capitalized terms used in this Lease are set forth in the Glossary of Defined Terms attached as Exhibit A.

 

2.             PREMISES

 

                 Subject to the provisions of this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the premises described in the Summary of Basic Lease Information, Section “A”, as outlined on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Premises ”).  In connection with such demise and subject to paragraph 21 herein, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the nonexclusive right to use during the Term, all Common Areas designed for the use of all tenants in the Building, in common with all tenants in the Building and their invitees, for the purposes for which the Common Areas are designed and in accordance with all Legal Requirements.  Landlord, however, has the sole discretion to determine the manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated, and the use of the Common Areas shall be subject to the Building Rules and Regulations.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty regarding the Building or Premises except as specifically stated in this Lease.  By occupying the Premises, Tenant accepts the Premises as being suitable for Tenant’s intended use of the Premises.

 

3.             TERM .  The provisions of this Lease shall be effective only as of the date this Lease is executed by both Landlord and Tenant.  The duration of the term of this Lease shall be for the period stated in the Summary of Basic Lease Information, Section ”B,” commencing on the Commencement Date set forth in paragraph 6.3 below, and expiring at 5:00 p.m. on the day stated in Section ”B” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information, unless earlier terminated as provided herein (the “ Term ”).

 

4.             USE .  Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises solely for lawful, general business office purposes in strict compliance with the Building Rules and Regulations from time to time in effect.  Tenant shall, and Tenant agrees to cause its agents, servants, employees, invitees and licensees to observe and comply fully and faithfully with the Building Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated herein by this reference, or such modifications, rules and regulations which may be hereafter adopted by Landlord for the care, protection, cleanliness and operation of the Premises and Complex.  Tenant shall also comply with all Legal Requirements and other restrictions on use of the Premises as provided in this Lease, including, without limitation, paragraph 12 hereof.  The Landlord represents that the Premises may be used for the permitted uses set forth herein.

 

5.             RENT

 

5.1           Base Rent .   In consideration of Landlord’s leasing the Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the base rent (“Base Rent”) at the time(s) and in the manner stated in paragraph 5.6 below, as stated in Section ”C” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information.

 

5.2           No Other Adjustment of Base Rent .   The stipulation of Rentable Area set forth in paragraph 2 above and in the Summary of Basic Lease Information, shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 5.1 above and in the Summary of Basic Lease Information is a negotiated amount and there shall be no adjustment to the Base Rent or Additional Rent without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Tenant shall have no right to withhold, deduct or offset any amount of the monthly Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum due hereunder even if the actual rentable square footage or Rentable Area of the Premises is less than set forth in paragraph 2 hereof.

 

5.3           Additional Rent .  In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in paragraph 5.1 above, Tenant shall pay as additional rent the Tenant’s Share (as defined in subparagraph 5.3.1(b) below) of the Operating Expenses (as defined in subparagraph 5.4 below) for each Fiscal Year, or portion thereof, that are in excess of the amount of Operating Expenses applicable to the Base Year (as defined in subparagraph 5.3.1(a) below).  Said additional rent, together with other amounts of any kind (other than Base Rent) payable by Tenant to Landlord under

 

 

8



 

the terms of this Lease, shall be collectively referred to in this Lease as “Additional Rent.”  Operating Expenses which are normally and reasonably allocable to more than one Fiscal Year shall be prorated and allocated over such period(s).  All amounts due under this paragraph 5.3 as Additional Rent are payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time and place as the Base Rent as provided in paragraph 5.6 below.  Without limitation on any other obligation of Tenant that may survive the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant’s obligations to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this paragraph 5.3 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

 

5.3.1        Additional Rent Definitions .  The following definitions apply to this paragraph 5.4:

 

(a)           Base Year .  “Base Year” means the Fiscal Year commencing January 1 through December 31 of the year stated in Section ”D” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information.

 

(b)           Tenant’s Share .  “Tenant’s Share” for Tenant’s payment of Operating Expenses means the percentage stated in Section ”D” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information.  If the Premises or the Building is expanded or reduced with the written consent of Landlord, the Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted by written notice from Landlord to Tenant.

 

5.3.2        Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent .  Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for any Fiscal Year, or portion thereof, shall be calculated and paid as follows:

 

(a)           Calculation of Excess .  If Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for any Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year immediately following the Base Year, exceeds Tenant’s Share of the amount of Operating Expenses applicable to the Base Year, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord an amount equal to that excess (the “Excess”) in the manner stated in subparagraphs 5.3.2(b) and (c) below.

 

(b)           Statement of Estimated Operating Expenses and Payment by Tenant .  On or before the last day of the Fiscal Year in which the Lease Commencement Date occurs and for each Fiscal Year thereafter, Landlord shall endeavor to deliver to Tenant an estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) of Additional Rent to be due by Tenant for the forthcoming Fiscal Year.  The Estimate Statement will be based on good faith estimates, reasonably determined, and will set forth in reasonable detail the calculation of estimated expenses and Additional Rent.  Thereafter, unless Landlord delivers to Tenant a revision of the Estimate Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, coincident with Tenant’s payment of Base Rent, an amount equal to the estimated Additional Rent set forth on the Estimate Statement for such Fiscal Year divided by twelve (12) months.  From time to time during any Fiscal Year, Landlord may estimate and re–estimate the Additional Rent to be due by Tenant for that Fiscal Year and deliver a copy of the revised Estimate Statement to Tenant.  Thereafter, the monthly installments of Additional Rent payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the revised Estimate Statement so that, by the end of any Fiscal Year, Tenant shall have paid all of the Additional Rent as estimated by Landlord on the revised Estimate Statement.  Landlord’s failure to furnish the Estimate Statement for any Fiscal Year in a timely manner shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Additional Rent.

 

(c)           Statement of Actual Operating Expenses and Payment by Tenant .  Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant as soon as available following the end of each Fiscal Year a statement (the “Statement of Actual Operating Expenses”) stating the Operating Expenses incurred or accrued for that preceding Fiscal Year and indicating the amount, if any, of any Excess due to Landlord or overpayment by Tenant.  Landlord’s Statement of Actual Operating Expenses will show in reasonable detail the amount and computation of Operating Expenses for the applicable Fiscal Year, the amount of Tenant’s obligations hereunder and application of Tenant’s estimated payments.  On receipt of the Statement of Actual Operating Expenses for each Fiscal Year for which an Excess exists, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of the Excess, less the estimated amounts (if any) paid during the Fiscal Year pursuant to an Estimate Statement (as defined in subparagraph 5.3.2(b) above).  In the event there is an overpayment of Additional Rent set forth on a Statement of Actual Operating Expenses for any Fiscal Year, the amount of overpayment shall be credited against payments of Additional Rent as
 
 

9



 

they become due.  Landlord’s failure to furnish the Statement of Actual Operating Expenses for any Fiscal Year in a timely manner shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights hereunder.  Even if the Lease Term is expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, if an Excess exists when final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of the Operating Expenses for the Fiscal Year in which the Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the amount calculated under this subparagraph (c).  Provisions of this subparagraph (c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

 

5.4.          Operating Expenses shall mean all costs and expenses which Landlord pays or accrues by virtue of the ownership, use, management, leasing, maintenance, service, operation, insurance or condition of the Land and all improvements thereon, including, without limitation, the Building and Parking Facility, during a particular Fiscal Year or portion thereof as determined by Landlord or its accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

5.4.1        Examples .  “Operating Expenses” shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following to the extent they relate to the Complex or are chargeable to the Complex in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Cottonwood Corporate Center generally:

 

(a)           all Impositions and other governmental charges;

 

(b)           all insurance premiums charged for policies obtained by Landlord, which may include without limitation, at Landlord’s election, (i) fire and extended coverage insurance, including earthquake, windstorm, hail, explosion, riot, strike, civil commotion, aircraft, vehicle and smoke insurance, (ii) public liability and property damage insurance, (iii) elevator insurance, (iv) workers’ compensation insurance for the employees covered by clause (h), (v) boiler, machinery, sprinkler, water damage, and legal liability insurance, (vi) rental loss insurance, and (vii) such other insurance as Landlord may elect to obtain;

 

(c)           all deductible amounts incurred in any Fiscal Year relating to an insurable loss;

 

(d)           all maintenance, repair, replacement, restoration and painting costs, including, without limitation, the cost of operating, managing, maintaining and repairing the following systems:  utility, mechanical, sanitary, drainage, escalator and elevator;

 

(e)           all janitorial, snow removal, custodial, cleaning, washing, landscaping, landscape maintenance, access systems, trash removal, pest control costs and environmental compliance costs;

 

(f)            all security costs;

 

(g)           all electrical, energy monitoring, water, water treatment, gas, sewer, telephone and other utility and utility–related charges;

 

(h)           all wages, salaries, salary burdens, employee benefits, payroll taxes, Social Security and insurance for all persons engaged by Landlord or an Affiliate of Landlord in connection with the Complex;

 

(i)            all costs of leasing or purchasing supplies, tools, equipment and materials;

 

(j)            all fees and assessments of the Cottonwood Corporate Center park applicable to the Complex;

 

(k)           the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections;

 

(l)            the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments that may affect the Operating Expenses;

 

(m)          the costs incurred in connection with the implementation and operation of a transportation system management program or similar program;

 

 

10



 

(n)           the cost of Parking Facility maintenance, repair and restoration, including, without limitation, resurfacing, repainting, restriping and cleaning;

 

(o)           all fees and other charges paid under all maintenance and service agreements, including but not limited to window cleaning, elevator and HVAC maintenance;

 

(p)           All fees, charges, management fees (or amounts in lieu of such fees), consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees of all persons engaged by Landlord, together with all other associated costs or other charges reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with the management office and the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Complex;

 

(q)           all costs of monitoring services, including, without limitation, any monitoring or control devices used by Landlord in regulating the Parking Facility;

 

(r)            amortization of the cost of acquiring, financing and installing capital items which are intended to reduce (or avoid increases in) operating expenses or which are required by a governmental authority.  Such costs shall be amortized over the reasonable life of the items in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but not beyond the reasonable life of the Building; and

 

(s)           any other costs or expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord under this Lease which are not otherwise reimbursed directly by Tenants.

 

5.4.2        Adjustments .  Operating Expenses shall be adjusted as follows:

 

(a)           Exclusions .  “Operating Expenses” shall not include (i) expenditures classified as capital expenditures for federal income tax purposes except as set forth in clause 5.4.1(r), (ii) costs for which Landlord is entitled to specific reimbursement by Tenant, by any other tenant of the Building or by any other third party, (iii) allowances specified in the Work Letter for expenses incurred by Landlord for improvements to the Premises, (iv) leasing commissions, and all noncash expenses (including depreciation), except for the amortized costs specified in clause 5.4.1(r), (v) land or ground rent, if applicable, and (vi) debt service on any indebtedness secured by the Complex (except debt service on indebtedness to purchase or pay for items specified as permissible “Operating Expenses”).  Operating Expenses shall not exceed the reasonable, customary and ordinary cost for such items.

 

(b)           Gross–Up Adjustments .  If the occupancy of the Building during any part of any Fiscal Year (including the Base Year) is less than ninety–five percent (95%), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment of the Operating Expenses for that Fiscal Year, as reasonably determined by Landlord using sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Building been ninety–five percent (95%) occupied.  This amount shall be considered to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for that Fiscal Year.

 

5.4.3        Landlord’s Books and Records .  If Tenant disputes the amount of the Additional Rent due hereunder, Tenant may designate, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement of Actual Operating Expenses, an independent public certified accountant or qualified third–party management company to inspect Landlord’s records.  Tenant is not entitled to request that inspection, however, if Tenant is then in default under this Lease.  The accountant must be a member of a nationally recognized accounting firm and must not charge a fee based on the amount of Additional Rent that the accountant is able to save Tenant by the inspection.  Any inspection must be conducted in Landlord’s offices at a reasonable time or times.  If, after such an inspection, Tenant still disputes the Additional Rent, a certification of the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s sole expense, by an independent certified public accountant designated by Landlord.  That certification shall be final and conclusive.  If as a result of such audit and certification, it is determined that Tenant was overcharged by more than seven percent (7%) during any period covered by such audit and certification, then Landlord will pay the costs and expenses of such audit.

 

5.5.          Parking Charge .  Tenant shall throughout the Term, lease from Landlord the number of unassigned and assigned automobile parking spaces, at such prices per month, as stated in Section ”F” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information.  Such monthly parking charges shall be

 

 

11



 

considered Additional Rent and shall be due and payable without notice or demand, on or before the first day of each calendar month.  Landlord shall have the right from time to time during the Lease Term and during each Extension Renewal Term (if applicable), to increase the monthly parking charges for assigned parking spaces to the then prevailing market rate.  From time to time after five (5) years from the Commencement Date, the Landlord shall also have the right to increase the monthly parking charges for unassigned parking spaces to the prevailing market rate.  Landlord shall also have the right to establish such reasonable rules and regulations as may be deemed desirable, at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for the proper and efficient operation and maintenance of said Parking Facility.  Such rules and regulations may include, without limitation, (i) restrictions in the hours during which the Parking Facility shall be open for use, (ii) subject to the provisions of this paragraph 5.5 above, the establishment of charges for parking therein, and (iii) the use of parking gates, cards, permits and other control devices to regulate the use of the parking areas.  The rights of Tenant and its employees, customers, service suppliers and invitees to use the Parking Facility shall, to the extent such rules and regulations are not inconsistent with the other terms of this Lease, at all times be subject to (a) Landlord’s right to establish rules and regulations applicable to such use and to exclude any person therefrom who is not authorized to use the same or who violates such rules and regulations; (b) the rights of Landlord and other tenants in the Building to use the same in common with Tenant; (c) other than with respect to Tenant’s assigned parking spaces, the availability of parking spaces in said Parking Facility; and (d) Landlord’s right to change the configuration of the parking areas and any unassigned parking spaces as shall be determined at Landlord’s reasonable discretion.  Tenant agrees to limit its use of the Parking Facility to the number and type of parking spaces specified in this paragraph above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to impose liability upon Landlord for personal injury or theft, for damage to any motor vehicle, or for loss of property from within any motor vehicle, which is suffered by Tenant or any of its employees, customers, service suppliers or other invitees in connection with their use of the Parking Facility.  Tenant understands and agrees that, while the Parking Facility will be open to Tenant on a 24–hour basis, other than spaces that are assigned for Tenant and other tenants, all parking spaces in the parking area may be leased to members of the general public between the hours of 6:30 p.m. through 7:00 a.m. Monday through Saturday morning, after 1:30 p.m. on Saturday, and all day on Sunday.

 

5.6           Payment of Rent .   Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be due in advance monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during the Term.  Rent shall be paid to Landlord at its address recited in Section 27.7, or to such other person or at such other address as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.  Rent shall be paid without notice, demand, abatement, deduction or offset in legal tender of the United States of America.  The Base Rent for the first full calendar month of the Lease Term shall be paid upon execution by Tenant of this Lease.  In addition, if the Term commences or ends on other than the first or the last day of a calendar month, the Base Rent for the partial month shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days during the applicable month and paid on or before the Lease Commencement Date.  If the Lease Term commences or ends on other than the first or the last day of a Fiscal Year, the Additional Rent for the partial Fiscal Year calculated as provided in paragraph 5.3 above shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days during the applicable Fiscal Year.  All payments received by Landlord from Tenant shall be applied to the oldest payment obligation owed by Tenant to Landlord.  No designation by Tenant, either in a separate or on a check or money order, shall modify this clause or have any force or effect.  The Rent to be paid by Tenant or any Transferee hereunder shall not be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived from the lease, use or occupancy of the Premises.  In the event Landlord’s Mortgagee succeeds to the Landlord’s interests under this Lease and determines that all or any portion of the Rent payable hereunder is or may be deemed to be unrelated business income within the meaning of the United States Internal Revenue Code or regulations issued thereunder, Landlord’s Mortgagee may elect unilaterally to amend the calculation of Rent such that none of the Rent payable under this Lease will constitute unrelated business income; provided, however, that any such amendment shall not increase Tenant’s payment obligations or other liabilities, or reduce the obligations of Landlord, under this Lease.

 

5.7           Delinquent Payments and Handling Charge .   All Rent and other payments required of Tenant hereunder shall bear interest from the date due until the date paid at the rate of interest specified in Section 27.13.  In addition, if any Base Rent, Additional Rent or other payments required of Tenant hereunder are not received by Landlord when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a

 

 

12



 

late charge of five percent (5%) of the delinquent payment to reimburse Landlord for its costs and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s delinquency (other than interest, attorneys’ fees and costs).  Tenant shall pay this amount for each calendar month in which all or any part of any delinquent payment remains delinquent after its due date.  The parties agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of the expenses that Landlord will incur because of any late payment (other than interest, attorneys’ fees and costs).  Landlord’s acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease.  Tenant shall pay the late charge as Additional Rent with the next installment of Additional Rent.  In no event, however, shall the charges permitted under this Section 5.7 or elsewhere in this Lease, to the extent the same are considered to be interest under applicable law, exceed the maximum rate of interest allowable under applicable law.  If any two noncash payments made by Tenant are not paid by the bank or other institution on which they are drawn, Landlord shall have the right, exercised by notice to Tenant, to require that Tenant make all future payments by certified funds or cashier’s check.

 

5.8           Letter of Credit .   In addition to the foregoing, on or before February 17, 1999, Tenant shall provide Landlord an irrevocable letter of credit in the aggregate amount of $50,000 (“Letter of Credit”) in a form and from a financial institution (the “Issuing Bank”) satisfactory to Landlord, in its sole discretion, unconditionally payable to Landlord upon presentation as security for the faithful performance by Tenant under this Lease.  At a minimum, the Letter of Credit shall be valid for successive one year periods, automatically renewed on each anniversary date of the Letter of Credit during the Term of this Lease unless, thirty (30) days prior to any expiration date, Tenant and the Issuing Bank provide Landlord with written notice, in the manner provided in Section 27.7 of this Agreement, that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed for any reason.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (i) Tenant fails to timely pay or perform any obligation under this Lease or (ii) the Letter of Credit is not renewed at least thirty (30) days prior to any annual or other expiration date during the Term of this Lease, Landlord may, prior to, concurrently with, in addition to or subsequent to exercising any other right or remedy, draw upon the Letter of Credit for the payment of any monetary obligation due under this Lease, or to compensate Landlord for any other expense, loss or damage which Landlord may incur by reason of Tenant’s failure to fully perform its obligations hereunder.  The Letter of Credit is not a limitation on Landlord’s damages or other rights under this Lease, and shall not be applied by Tenant to the Rent for the last (or any) month of the Term, or to any other amount due under this Lease.  If this Lease is terminated due to any default of Tenant or if the Letter of Credit is not renewed as provided herein, the Landlord shall be authorized and entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit as partial or whole compensation, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease, and such action shall be in addition to any other damages or remedy to which Landlord is otherwise entitled.  Without in any way limiting the foregoing, Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit up to and including any expiration date, whether or not notice has been provided to Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

 

5.9           Holding Over .   Any holding over by Tenant in the possession of the Premises, or any portion thereof, after the expiration of the Term, with or without the consent of Landlord, shall require Tenant to pay one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent and Additional Rent herein specified for the last month of the Term (prorated on a monthly basis), unless Landlord shall specify a lesser amount for Rent in its sole discretion.  If Tenant holds over with Landlord’s consent, such occupancy shall be deemed a month–to–month tenancy and such tenancy shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified in this Lease as far as applicable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions or the acceptance by Landlord of any payment by Tenant, any holding over without Landlord’s consent shall constitute a default by Tenant and shall entitle Landlord to pursue all remedies provided in this Lease, or otherwise, and Tenant shall be liable for any and all direct or consequential damages or losses of Landlord resulting from Tenant’s holding over without Landlord’s consent.

 

6.             CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS .

 

6.1           General .  Subject to events of Force Majeure, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord shall construct, install, furnish, perform and supply the Tenant Improvements in

 

 

13



 

 

accordance with Paragraph H.1. of Summary of Basic Lease Information.  The Tenant Improvements shall meet or exceed the Building Standard Tenant Improvements.

 

6.2           Access by Tenant Prior to Commencement of Term .   Provided that Tenant obtains and delivers to Landlord the certificates or policies of insurance called for in Section 17.1, Landlord, in its sole discretion, may permit Tenant and its employees, agents, contractors and suppliers to enter the Premises before the Lease Commencement Date (and such entry alone shall not constitute Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises for the purpose of Section 6.3(c) below), to perform certain work on the Premises on behalf of Tenant not contrary to the provisions of the Work Letter Agreement.  Tenant and each other person or firm who or which enters the Premises before the Commencement Date shall conduct itself so as to not interfere with Landlord or other occupants of the Building.  Landlord may withdraw any permission granted under this Section 6.2 upon twenty–four (24) hours’ notice to Tenant if Landlord, in its sole discretion, determines that any such interference has been or may be caused.  Any prior entry shall be under all of the terms of this Lease (other than the obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent) and at Tenant’s sole risk.  Tenant hereby releases and agrees to indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s contractors, agents, employees and representatives from and against any and all personal injury, death or property damage (including damage to any personal property which Tenant may bring into, or any work which Tenant may perform in, the Premises) which may occur in or about the Complex in connection with or as the result of said entry by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors and suppliers.

 

6.3           Commencement Date; Adjustments to Commencement Date .   For purposes of this Lease, the “ Commencement Date ” shall mean the earliest to occur of the following events (the “Lease Commencement Events”):  (a) the date of Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work, or (b) the date on which Landlord would have substantially completed the Landlord’s Work and tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant but for (i) the delay or failure of Tenant to furnish information, approvals or other matters required in the Work Letter Agreement, (ii) Tenant’s request for changes in the Space Plan (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) from Building Standard Tenant Improvements, or (iii) any other action or inaction of Tenant, or any person or firm employed or retained by Tenant or (c) the date on which Tenant takes possession of the Premises.  The Lease Commencement Date is scheduled to be as stated in Section ”B” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information.  Upon the occurrence of the Commencement Date, the parties will execute and deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto stating and acknowledging the Commencement Date.  If by the scheduled Commencement Date specified in this paragraph there is not Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements for any reason, and such failure to substantially complete renders the Premises untenantable for their intended purpose, all as reasonably determined by Landlord, or Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant, then the Landlord may elect (in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord) to postpone the Commencement Date until the earliest to occur of the Lease Commencement Events.  Such postponement shall extend the scheduled expiration of the Term for a number of days equal to the postponement.  Whether or not Landlord makes such an election and notwithstanding any provision in this Lease or any exhibit to the contrary, the potential postponement of the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for Landlord’s delay in completing the Landlord’s Work, the Tenant Improvements or tendering possession of the Premises to Tenant.  The Landlord shall not be subject to any liability, including, without limitation, lost profits or incidental or consequential damages for any delay or inability to deliver possession of the Premises to the Tenant.  Such a delay or failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of the Tenant hereunder, other than the postponement of the Lease Term.

 

7.             SERVICES TO BE FURNISHED BY LANDLORD .

 

7.1           General .   Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, governmental standards for energy conservation, and Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish the following services:

 

(a)           HVAC to the Premises during Building Operating Hours, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are considered by Landlord to be suitable and standard [thus excluding air conditioning or heating for electronic data processing or other specialized equipment or specialized (nonstandard) Tenant requirements];

 

 

14



 

(b)           hot and cold water at those points of supply common to all floors for lavatory and drinking purposes only;

 

(c)           janitorial service and periodic window washing in and about the Building and the Premises, anticipated to be accomplished approximately every 3 or 4 months for outside windows and every 2 or 3 months for inside windows;

 

(d)           elevator service, if necessary, to provide access to and egress from the Premises;

 

(e)           electric current during Building Operating Hours for normal office machines and other machines of low electrical consumption (which shall exclude electric current for electronic data processing equipment, lighting in excess of Building Standard, or any other item of electrical equipment which singly consumes more than 0.5 kilowatts per hour at rated capacity or requires a voltage other than 120 volts single phase); and

 

(f)            replacement of fluorescent lamps in Building Standard light fixtures installed by Landlord and of incandescent bulbs or fluorescent lamps in all public rest rooms, stairwells and other Common Areas in the Building.

 

                If any of the services described above or elsewhere in this Lease are interrupted, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to promptly restore the same; provided, however, if as a result of any interruption of services the Premises will be uninhabitable or unusable by Tenant for five (5) consecutive business days, then Base Rent shall be abated to the extent to which such condition interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises commencing on the first day of such condition and continuing until such condition is corrected.  However, neither the interruption nor cessation of such services, nor the failure of Landlord to restore same, shall render Landlord liable for damages to person or property, or be construed as an eviction of Tenant, or work an abatement of Rent or relieve Tenant from fulfilling any of its other obligations hereunder.

 

                If not previously installed, Landlord may cause an electric and/or water meter(s) to be installed in the Premises of the Tenant in order to measure the amount of electricity and/or water consumed for any such use, and the cost of such meter(s) shall be paid promptly by Landlord.

 

                Certain security measures (both by electronic equipment and personnel) may be provided by Landlord in connection with the Building.  However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that any such security is intended to be solely for the benefit of the Landlord and protecting its property, and while certain incidental benefits may accrue to the Tenant therefrom, any such security is not for the purpose of protecting either the property of Tenant or the safety of its employees, agents or invitees.  By providing any such security, Landlord assumes no obligation to Tenant and shall have no liability arising therefrom.

 

7.2           Keys and/or Access Cards .  Landlord shall furnish Tenant, at Landlord’s expense, with two keys and access cards, and at Tenant’s expense with such additional keys and access cards as Tenant may request, to unlock or allow access to the Building and each corridor door entering the Premises.  Tenant shall not install, or permit to be installed, any additional lock on any door into or in the Premises or make, or permit to be made, any duplicates of keys or access cards to the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.  Landlord shall be entitled at all times to possession of a duplicate of all keys and access cards to all doors to or inside of the Premises.  All keys and access cards referred to in this Section 7.2 shall remain the property of the Landlord.  Upon the expiration or termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender all such keys and access cards to Landlord and shall deliver to Landlord the combination to all locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults which will remain in the Premises.  Landlord shall be entitled to install, operate and maintain a card reader and after-hours access card system, security systems and other control devices in or about the Premises and the Complex which regulate entry into the Building (or portions thereof) and monitor, by closed circuit television or otherwise, all persons leaving or entering the Complex, the Building and the Premises.

 

 

15



 

7.3           Tenant Identity, Signs and Other Matters .   Landlord shall provide and install, in Building Standard graphics, letters or numerals identifying Tenant’s name and suite number adjacent to Tenant’s entry door at one location per floor of the Building occupied by Tenant.  Tenant’s name, as set forth on the first page of this Lease, or as otherwise provided by Tenant in writing upon execution of this Lease, shall also be placed in the Building Directory located on the main level of the Building.  Any subsequent modification to the listing of Tenant’s name in the Building Directory shall be at Tenant’s cost.  Without Landlord’s prior written consent, no other signs, numerals, letters, graphics, symbols or marks identifying Tenant shall be placed on the exterior, or in the interior if they are visible from the exterior, of the Premises.

 

                Tenant shall not place or suffer to be placed on any exterior door, wall or window of the Premises, on any part of the inside of the Premises which is visible from outside of the Premises, or elsewhere on the Complex, any sign, decoration, notice, logo, picture, lettering, attachment, advertising matter or other thing of any kind, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval, which Landlord may, in its discretion, grant or withhold.  Landlord may, at Tenant’s cost, and without notice or liability to Tenant, enter the Premises and remove any item erected in violation of this Section.  Landlord may establish rules and regulations governing the size, type and design of all such items and Tenant shall abide by such rules and regulations.

 

7.4           Charges .   Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly as billed, as Additional Rent, such charges as may be separately metered or as Landlord may compute for (a) any utility services utilized by Tenant for computers, data processing equipment or other electrical equipment in excess of that agreed to be furnished by Landlord pursuant to Section 7.1, (b) lighting installed in the Premises in excess of Building Standard lighting, (c) HVAC and other services in excess of that stated in Section 7.1(a) or provided at times other than Building Operating Hours, and (d) janitorial services required with respect to Above Standard Tenant Improvements within the Premises.  If Tenant wishes to use HVAC, electrical or other utility services to the Premises during hours other than Building Operating Hours, Landlord shall supply such HVAC, electrical and utility services at an hourly cost to Tenant of $17.50 per suite, as adjusted from time to time by Landlord consistent with prevailing market charges for such use.  Landlord may utilize a lighting and utility occupancy sensor in order to automatically determine and control use of HVAC, electrical and other utility services.  Landlord may elect to estimate the charges to be paid by Tenant under this Section 7.4 and bill such charges to Tenant monthly in advance, in which event Tenant shall promptly pay the estimated charges.  When the actual charges are determined by Landlord, an appropriate cash adjustment shall be made between Landlord and Tenant to account for any underpayment or overpayment by Tenant.

 

7.5           Operating Hours .   Subject to Building Rules and Regulations and such security standards as Landlord may from time to time adopt, the Building shall be open to the public during the Building Operating Hours and the Premises shall be open to Tenant during hours other than Building Operating Hours.

 

8.             REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE .

 

8.1           By Landlord .   Landlord shall provide the services to the Premises set forth in paragraph 7.1 above and shall maintain the Building (excepting the Premises and portions of the Building leased by persons not affiliated with Landlord) in a good and operable condition, making such repairs and replacements as may be required to maintain the Building in such condition.  This Section 8.1 shall not apply to damage resulting from a Taking (as to which Section 14 shall apply), or damage resulting from a casualty (as to which Section 15.1 shall apply), or to damage for which Tenant is otherwise responsible under this Lease.  Tenant hereby waives and releases any right it may have to make repairs to the Premises or Building at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute, ordinance, rules and regulations now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction in which the Building is located.

 

8.2           By Tenant .   Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall maintain the Premises and every part of the Premises (including, without limitation, all floors, walls and ceilings and their coverings, doors and locks, furnishings, trade fixtures, signage, leasehold improvements, equipment and other personal property from time to time situated in or on the Premises) in good order,

 

 

16



 

condition and repair, and in a clean, safe, operable, attractive and sanitary condition.  Tenant will not commit or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises.  Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, any damage to the Complex caused by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, contractors or invitees.  If Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements, Landlord may make the same at Tenant’s cost.  Such cost shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand as Additional Rent.  All contractors, workmen, artisans and other persons which or whom Tenant proposes to retain to perform work in the Premises (or the Complex, pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 8.2) pursuant to this Section 8.2 or Section 11 shall be approved by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, prior to the commencement of any such work.

 

9.             TAXES ON TENANT’S PROPERTY .   Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay, before they become delinquent, all taxes and assessments levied against any personal property placed by Tenant in the Premises (even if same becomes a fixture by operation of law or the property of Landlord by operation of this Lease), including any additional Impositions which may be assessed, levied, charged or imposed against Landlord or the Building by reason of non–Building Standard Items in the Premises.  Tenant may withhold payments of any taxes and assessments described in this Section 9 so long as Tenant contests its obligation to pay in accordance with applicable law and the nonpayment thereof does not pose a threat of loss or seizure of the Building or any interest of Landlord therein.

 

10.           TRANSFER BY TENANT .

 

10.1         General .   Tenant shall not directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, sell, assign, encumber, pledge or otherwise Transfer or hypothecate all or any part of the Premises or Tenant’s leasehold estate hereunder, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent in Landlord’s discretion (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), being obtained in each instance, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this paragraph.  Any attempted Transfer without such consent shall be void.  If Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, it shall deliver to Landlord written notice thereof in advance of the date on which Tenant proposes to make the Transfer, together with all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the identity of the proposed Transferee.  Upon request by Landlord, such notice shall contain financial information concerning the proposed Transferee and other reasonable information regarding the transaction which Landlord may specify.  Landlord shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of the notice and information within which to notify Tenant in writing whether Landlord elects (a) to refuse to consent to the Transfer and to terminate this Lease as to the space proposed to be Transferred as of the date so specified by Tenant, in which event Tenant will be relieved of all further obligations hereunder as to such space, (b) to refuse to consent to the Transfer and to continue this Lease in full force as to the entire Premises, or (c) to permit Tenant to effect the proposed Transfer.  If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of its election within said thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected option (b).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects Option (a), Tenant may rescind its request for consent or approval by giving written notice of such rescission within five (5) days after receipt of notice of Landlord’s election of option (a) and, in such event, Tenant’s request for consent or approval will be withdrawn and Landlord’s election of option (a) will be void and of no effect.  The consent by Landlord to a particular Transfer shall not be deemed a consent to any other Transfer.  If a Transfer occurs without the prior written consent of Landlord as provided herein, Landlord may nevertheless collect rent from the Transferee and apply the net amount collected to the Rent payable hereunder, but such collection and application shall not constitute a waiver of the provisions hereof or a release of Tenant from the further performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

10.2         Conditions .  The following conditions shall automatically apply to each Transfer, without the necessity of same being stated or referred to in Landlord’s written consent:

 

(a)           Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver to Landlord, and cause the Transferee to execute, have acknowledged and deliver to Landlord, an instrument in form and substance acceptable to Landlord in which (i) the Transferee adopts this Lease and agrees to perform, jointly and severally with Tenant, all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, as to the space Transferred to it, including, without limitation, the prohibition against rent based on the income or profits derived from the Premises (any purported lease to the contrary being
 
 

17



 

null and void), (ii) the Transferee grants Landlord an express first and prior security interest in its personal property brought into the transferred space to secure its obligations to Landlord hereunder, (iii) Tenant subordinates to Landlord’s statutory lien and security interest any liens, security interests or other rights which Tenant may claim with respect to any property of the Transferee, (iv) Tenant agrees with Landlord that, if the rent or other consideration due by the Transferee exceeds the Rent for the transferred space, then Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder all such excess Rent and other consideration immediately upon Tenant’s receipt thereof, (v) Tenant and the Transferee agree to provide to Landlord, at their expense, direct access from a public corridor in the Building to the transferred space, (vi) the Transferee agrees to use and occupy the Transferred space solely for the purpose specified in Section 4 and otherwise in strict accordance with this Lease, and (vii) Tenant acknowledges that, notwithstanding the Transfer, Tenant remains directly and primarily liable for the performance of all the obligations of Tenant hereunder (including, without limitation, the obligation to pay all Rent), and Landlord shall be permitted to enforce this Lease against Tenant or the Transferee, or all of them, without prior demand upon or proceeding in any way against any other persons; and

 

(b)           Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of all instruments relative to the Transfer executed by all parties to such transaction (except Landlord).

 

(c)           If Tenant requests Landlord to consent to a proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, whether or not consent is given, Landlord’s costs, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such request.

 

10.3         Liens .   Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall not grant, place or suffer, or permit to be granted, placed or suffered, against the Complex or any portion thereof, any lien, security interest, pledge, conditional sale contract, claim, charge or encumbrance (whether constitutional, statutory, contractual or otherwise) and, if any of the aforesaid does arise or is asserted, Tenant will, promptly upon demand by Landlord and at Tenant’s expense, cause the same to be released.

 

10.4         Assignments in Bankruptcy .   If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq . (the “Bankruptcy Code”), any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the Estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

11.           ALTERATIONS .   Tenant shall not make (or permit to be made) any change, addition or improvement to the Premises (including, without limitation, the attachment of any fixture or equipment) unless such change, addition or improvement (a) equals or exceeds the Building Standard and utilizes only new and first–grade materials, (b) is in conformity with all Legal Requirements, and is made after obtaining any required permits and licenses, (c) is made with the prior written consent of Landlord, (d) is made pursuant to plans and specifications approved in writing in advance by Landlord, (e) is made after Tenant has provided to Landlord such indemnification and/or bonds requested by Landlord, including, without limitation, a performance and completion bond in such form and amount as may be satisfactory to Landlord to protect against claims and liens for labor performed and materials furnished, and to insure the completion of any change, addition or improvement (f) is carried out by persons approved in writing by Landlord who, if required by Landlord, deliver to Landlord before commencement of their work proof of such insurance coverage as Landlord may require, with Landlord named as an additional insured, and (g) is done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord may reasonably specify.  All such alterations, improvements and additions (including all articles attached to the floor, wall or ceiling of the Premises) shall become the property of Landlord and shall, at Landlord’s election, be (i) surrendered with the Premises as part thereof at the termination or expiration of the Term, without any payment, reimbursement or compensation therefor, or (ii) removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, with all damage caused by such removal repaired by Tenant.  Tenant may remove Tenant’s trade fixtures, office supplies, movable office furniture and equipment not attached to the Building, provided such removal is made prior to the expiration of the Term, no uncured Event of Default has occurred and Tenant promptly repairs all damage caused by such removal.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against all liens, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and

 

 

18



 

expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which may arise out of, or be connected in any way with, any such change, addition or improvement.  Within ten (10) days following the imposition of any lien resulting from any such change, addition or improvement, Tenant shall cause such lien to be released of record by payment of money or posting of a proper bond.

 

12.           PROHIBITED USES .

 

12.1         General .   Tenant will not (a) use, occupy or permit the use or occupancy of the Complex or Premises for any purpose or in any manner which is or may be, directly or indirectly, violative of any Legal Requirement, or contrary to Building Rules and Regulations, or dangerous to life or property, or a public or private nuisance, or disrupt, obstruct or unreasonably annoy the owners or any other tenant of the Building or adjacent buildings, (b) keep or permit to be kept any substance in, or conduct or permit to be conducted any operation from, the Premises which might emit offensive odors or conditions into other portions of the Building, or make undue noise or create undue vibrations, (c) commit or permit to remain any waste to the Complex or Premises, (d) install or permit to remain any improvements to the Complex or Premises, window coverings or other items (other than window coverings which have first been approved by Landlord) which are visible from the outside of the Premises, or exceed the structural loads of floors or walls of the Building, or adversely affect the mechanical, plumbing or electrical systems of the Building, or affect the structural integrity of the Building in any way, (e) permit the occupancy of the Premises at any time during the Lease Term to exceed one person (including visitors) per two hundred (200) square feet Rentable Area of space in the Premises, (f) violate any recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions that now or later affect the Complex or Building, or (g) commit or permit to be committed any action or circumstance in or about the Complex or Building which, directly or indirectly, would or might justify any insurance carrier in canceling or increasing the premium on the fire and extended coverage insurance policy maintained by Landlord on the Complex or Building or contents, and if any increase results from any act of Tenant, then Tenant shall pay such increase promptly upon demand therefor by Landlord.

 

12.2         Hazardous Materials .   Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material (defined below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises or Complex by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may use and store types and quantities of materials and substances which may be or contain hazardous substances, provided that the same are of the type and in the quantities customarily found or used in offices for use of similar businesses, including packaging materials, commercial cleaning fluids and photocopier fluids.  If Tenant breaches the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises or Complex caused or permitted by Tenant results in contamination of the Premises or Complex, or if contamination of the Premises or Complex by Hazardous Material otherwise occurs for which Tenant is legally liable to Landlord for damage resulting therefrom, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises or Complex, damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or any amenity of the Premises or Complex, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Building, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees) which arise during or after the Lease Term as a result of such contamination.  This indemnification of Landlord includes, without limitation, the obligation to reimburse Landlord for costs incurred in connection with any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision.  Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material in, on or about the Premises or Complex caused by or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Premises or Complex, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Premises or Complex to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any Hazardous Material; provided, however, that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained.  “Hazardous Material” shall mean, in the broadest sense, any petroleum–based products, pesticides, paints, insolvents, polychlorinated, biphenyl, lead, cyanide, DDT, acids, ammonium compounds and other chemical products and any substance or material defined or designated as a hazardous or toxic, or other similar term, by any federal, state or local environmental statute, regulation or ordinance affecting the Premises or Complex presently in effect or that may be promulgated in the future, as such statutes, regulations and ordinances may be amended from time to time.  In addition, Tenant shall execute affidavits,

 

 

19



 

representations and the like from time to time at Landlord’s request concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of hazardous substances or materials on the Premises.  In all events, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord in the manner elsewhere provided in this Lease from any release of hazardous materials on the Premises occurring while Tenant is in possession, or elsewhere if caused by Tenant or persons acting under Tenant.  The within covenants shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the lease term.

 

12.3         Overstandard Tenant Use .   Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat–generating machines, other than standard equipment or lighting, or machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, in the Premises that may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished to the Premises by Landlord.

 

13.           ACCESS BY LANDLORD .   Landlord, its employees, contractors, agents and representatives, shall have the right (and Landlord, for itself and such persons and firms, hereby reserves the right) to enter the Premises at all hours (a) to inspect, clean, maintain, repair, replace or alter the Premises or the Building, (b) to show the Premises to prospective purchasers (or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, to prospective tenants), (c) to determine whether Tenant is performing its obligations hereunder and, if it is not, to perform same at Landlord’s option and Tenant’s expense, or (d) for any other purpose deemed reasonable by Landlord.  In an emergency, Landlord (and such persons and firms) may use any means to open any door into or in the Premises without any liability therefor.  Entry into the Premises by Landlord or any other person or firm named in the first sentence of this Section 13 for any purpose permitted herein shall not constitute a trespass or an eviction (constructive or otherwise), or entitle Tenant to any abatement or reduction of Rent, or constitute grounds for any claim (and Tenant hereby waives any claim) for damages for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business, for loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment, or for consequential damages.

 

14.           CONDEMNATION .   If all of the Complex is Taken, or if so much of the Complex is Taken that, in Landlord’s opinion, the remainder cannot be restored to an economically viable, quality office building, or if the awards payable to Landlord as a result of any Taking are, in Landlord’s opinion, inadequate to restore the remainder to an economically viable, quality office building, Landlord may, at its election, exercisable by the giving of written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the date of the Taking, terminate this Lease as of the date of the Taking or the date Tenant is deprived of possession of the Premises (whichever is later).  Tenant may, at its election, exercisable by giving sixty (60) days’ written notice to Landlord, terminate this Lease in the event a substantial (greater than 50%) portion of the Premises is taken rendering the Premises inadequate for its continued use and occupancy by Tenant.  If this Lease is not terminated as a result of a Taking, Landlord shall restore the Premises remaining after the Taking to a Building Standard condition.  During the period of restoration, Base Rent shall be abated to the extent the Premises are rendered untenantable and, after the period of restoration, Base Rent and Tenant’s Share shall be reduced in the proportion that the area of the Premises Taken or otherwise rendered untenantable bears to the area of the Premises just prior to the Taking.  If any portion of Base Rent is abated under this Section 14, Landlord may elect to extend the expiration date of the Term for the period of the abatement.  All awards, proceeds, compensation or other payments from or with respect to any Taking of the Complex or any portion thereof shall belong to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right, title, interest and claim to same.  Whether or not this Lease is terminated as a consequence of a Taking, all damages or compensation awarded for a partial or total Taking, including any award for severance damage and any sums compensating for diminution in the value of or deprivation of the leasehold estate under this Lease, shall be the sole and exclusive property of Landlord.  Tenant may assert a claim for and recover from the condemning authority, but not from Landlord, such compensation as may be awarded on account of Tenant’s moving and relocation expenses, and depreciation to and loss of Tenant’s moveable personal property.  Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the occurrence of any Taking, or for the termination of this Lease or a reduction in the Premises as a result of any Taking.

 

15.           CASUALTY .

 

15.1         General .   Tenant shall give prompt written notice to Landlord of any casualty to the Complex of which Tenant is aware and any casualty to the Premises.  If (a) the Complex or

 

 

20



 

the Premises are totally destroyed, or (b) if the Complex or the Premises are partially destroyed but in Landlord’s opinion they cannot be restored to an economically viable, quality office building, or (c) if the insurance proceeds payable to Landlord as a result of any casualty are, in Landlord’s opinion, inadequate to restore the portion remaining to an economically viable, quality office building, or (d) if the damage or destruction occurs within twelve (12) months of the expiration of the Term, or (e) Landlord’s Mortgagee requires insurance proceeds be applied to pay or reduce indebtedness rather than repair the Premises, Landlord may, at its election exercisable by the giving of written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the casualty, terminate this Lease as of the date of the casualty or the date Tenant is deprived of possession of the Premises (whichever is later).  If this Lease is not terminated by Landlord as a result of a casualty, Landlord shall (subject to Section 15.2) restore the Premises to a Building Standard condition.  If restoration of the Premises to a Building Standard Condition is not completed within a period of one hundred sixty (160) days, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by providing written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after expiration of the one hundred sixty (160) day period.  If Tenant does not elect to terminate within this 30–day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived the option to terminate.  During the period of restoration, Base Rent shall be abated to the extent the Premises are rendered untenantable and, after the period of restoration, Base Rent and Tenant’s Share shall be reduced in the proportion that the area of the Premises remaining tenantable after the casualty bears to the area of the Premises just prior to the casualty.  If any portion of Base Rent is abated under this Section 15.1, Landlord may elect to extend the expiration date of the Term for the period of the abatement.  Except for abatement of Base Rent, if any, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any loss suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration, nor may Tenant terminate this Lease as the result of any statutory provision in effect on or after the date of this Lease pertaining to the damage and destruction of the Premises or the Building.  Landlord shall not be required to repair any damage or to make any restoration or replacement of any furnishings, trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, merchandise and other personal property installed in the Premises by Tenant or at the direct or indirect expense of Tenant.

 

15.2         Acts of Tenant .   Notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease to the contrary, if the Premises or the Complex are damaged or destroyed as a result of a casualty arising from the acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, contractors, agents, invitees or representatives, (a) Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and to perform its other obligations under this Lease shall not be abated, reduced or altered in any manner, (b) Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or restore the Premises or the Complex, and (c) subject to Section 17.2, Tenant shall be obligated, at Tenant’s cost, to repair and restore the Premises or the Complex to the condition they were in just prior to the damage or destruction under the direction and supervision of, and to the satisfaction of, Landlord and any Landlord’s Mortgagee.

 

16.           SUBORDINATION , NON–DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT .

 

16.1         General .   This Lease, Tenant’s leasehold estate created hereby, and all of Tenant’s rights, titles and interests hereunder and in and to the Premises are hereby made subject and subordinate to any Mortgage presently existing or hereafter placed upon all or any portion of the Complex, and to any and all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements of any Mortgage and all advances made or hereafter to be made on the security of any Mortgage.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee may, at any time upon the giving of written notice to Tenant and without any compensation or consideration being payable to Tenant, make this Lease, and the aforesaid leasehold estate and rights, titles and interests, superior to any Mortgage.  In order to confirm the subordination (or, at the election of Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee, the superiority of this Lease), upon the written request by Landlord or by Landlord’s Mortgagee to Tenant, and within seven (7) days of the date of such request, and without any compensation or consideration being payable to Tenant, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver a recordable instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto confirming that this Lease, Tenant’s leasehold estate in the Premises and all of Tenant’s rights, titles and interests hereunder are subject and subordinate (or, at the election of Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee, superior) to the Mortgage benefiting Landlord’s Mortgagee.  Without limiting the foregoing, upon request by Landlord’s Mortgagee, the Landlord and Tenant shall execute such documents as Landlord’s Mortgagee deems necessary to effect an amendment of this Lease.  Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such instrument(s) as required in this Section 16 shall constitute a default under this Lease.

 

 

21



 

16.2         Attornment .   Upon the written request of any person or party succeeding to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall automatically become the tenant of and attorn to such successor in interest without any change in any of the terms of this Lease.  No successor in interest shall be (a) bound by any payment of Rent for more than one month in advance, except payments of security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or (b) subject to any offset, defense or damages arising out of a default or any obligations of any preceding Landlord.  Neither Landlord’s Mortgagee nor its successor in interest shall be bound by any amendment of this Lease entered into after Tenant has been given written notice of the name and address of Landlord’s Mortgagee and without the written consent of Landlord’s Mortgagee or such successor in interest.  Any transferee or successor-in-interest shall not be liable for any acts, omissions or defaults of Landlord that occurred before the sale or conveyance, or the return of any security deposit except for deposits actually paid to the successor or transferee.  Tenant agrees to give written notice of any default by Landlord to the holder of any Mortgage.  Tenant further agrees that, before it exercises any rights or remedies under the Lease, the holder of any Mortgage or other successor– in–interest shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure the default within the same time, if any, given to Landlord to cure the default, plus an additional thirty (30) days.  The subordination, attornment and mortgagee protection clauses of this Section 16 shall be self–operative and no further instruments of subordination, attornment or mortgagee protection need be required by any Landlord’s Mortgagee or successor in interest thereto.  Nevertheless, upon the written request therefor and without any compensation or consideration being payable to Tenant, Tenant agrees to execute, have acknowledged and deliver such instruments substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto to confirm the same.  Tenant shall from time to time, if so requested by Landlord and if doing so will not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s economic interests under this Lease, join with Landlord in amending this Lease so as to meet the needs or requirements of any lender that is considering making or that has made a loan secured by all or any portion of the Complex.

 

17.           INSURANCE .

 

17.1         General .   Tenant shall obtain and maintain throughout the Term the following policies of insurance:

 

(a)           commercial general liability insurance with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, including, without limitation, contractual liability coverage for the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 18;

 

(b)           hazard insurance with special causes of loss, including theft coverage, insuring against fire, extended coverage risks, vandalism and malicious mischief, and including boiler and sprinkler leakage coverage, in an amount equal to the full replacement cost (without deduction for depreciation) of all furnishings, trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, merchandise and other personal property from time to time situated in or on the Premises;

 

(c)           workers’ compensation insurance satisfying Tenant’s obligations under the workers’ compensation laws of the State of Utah; and

 

(d)           such other policy or policies of insurance as Landlord may reasonably require or as Landlord is then requiring from one or more other tenants in the Building.

 

                Such minimum limits shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.  Such liability insurance shall name Landlord, and any other person specified from time to time by Landlord, as an additional insured; such property insurance shall name Landlord as a loss payee as Landlord’s interests may appear; and both such liability and property insurance shall be with companies acceptable to Landlord, having a rating of not less than A:XII in the most recent issue of Best’s Key Rating Guide, Property–Casualty .  All liability policies maintained by Tenant shall contain a provision that Landlord and any other additional insured, although named as an insured, shall nevertheless be entitled to recover under such policies for any loss sustained by Landlord and Landlord’s agents and employees as a result of the acts or omissions of Tenant.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates of coverage.  No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord by the

 

 

22



 

insurer.  All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage which Landlord may carry, and shall only be subject to such deductibles as may be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.  Tenant shall, at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals of, or binders for, such policies.  Landlord and Tenant waive all rights to recover against each other, against any other tenant or occupant of the Complex, and against the officers, directors, shareholders, partners, joint venturers, employees, agents, customers, invitees or business visitors of each other, or of any other tenant or occupant of the Building, for any loss or damage arising from any cause covered by any insurance carried by the waiving party, to the extent that such loss or damage is actually covered.  Tenant shall cause all other occupants of the Premises claiming by, through or under Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a waiver of claims similar to the waiver contained in this Section and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements.  Any Landlord’s Mortgagee may, at Landlord’s option, be afforded coverage under any policy required to be secured by Tenant under this Lease by use of a mortgagee’s endorsement to the policy concerned.

 

17.2         Waiver of Subrogation .   Landlord and Tenant hereby waive all claims, rights of recovery and causes of action that either party or any party claiming by, through or under such party may now or hereafter have by subrogation or otherwise against the other party or against any of the other party’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners or employees for any loss or damage that may occur to the Complex, the Premises, Tenant’s improvements or any of the contents of any of the foregoing by reason of fire or other casualty, or by reason of any other cause except gross negligence or willful misconduct (thus including simple negligence of the parties hereto or their officers, directors, shareholders, partners or employees), that could have been insured against under the terms of (a) in the case of Landlord, the standard fire and extended coverage insurance policies available in the state where the Complex is located at the time of the casualty, and (b) in the case of Tenant, the fire and extended coverage insurance policies required to be obtained and maintained under Section 17.1; provided, however, that the waiver set forth in this Section 17.2 shall not apply to any deductibles on insurance policies carried by Landlord or to any coinsurance penalty which Landlord might sustain.  Landlord and Tenant shall cause an endorsement to be issued to their respective insurance policies recognizing this waiver of subrogation.

 

18.           TENANT’S INDEMNITY .   Subject to paragraph 17.2, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and its officers, directors, partners and employees entirely harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, demands, actions, expenses or claims, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, and including consequential damages, for injury to or death of any person or for damages to any property or for violation of law arising out of or in any manner connected with (i) the use, occupancy or enjoyment of the Premises and Complex by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, or the clients and other invitees of Tenant, (ii) any work, activity or other thing allowed or suffered by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors to be done in or about the Premises or Complex, (iii) any breach or default in the performance of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, and (iv) any negligent or otherwise tortious act or failure to act by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors on or about the Premises or Complex.

 

19.           THIRD PARTIES; ACTS OF FORCE MAJEURE; EXCULPATION .   Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, or to Tenant’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, agents, contractors or invitees, for bodily injury, death, property damage, business interruption, loss of profits, loss of trade secrets or other direct or consequential damages occasioned by (a) the acts or omissions of any other tenant or such other tenant’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, agents, contractors or other invitees within the Complex, (b) Force Majeure, (c) vandalism, theft, burglary and other criminal acts (other than those committed by Landlord and its employees), (d) water leakage, or (e) the repair, replacement, maintenance, damage, destruction or relocation of the Premises.  Except to the extent an injury, loss, damage or destruction was proximately caused by Landlord’s fraud, willful act or violation of law, Tenant waives all claims against Landlord arising out of injury to or death of any person or loss of, injury or damage to, or destruction of any property of Tenant.

 

20.           INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK .

 

21.           CONTROL OF COMMON AREAS .   Landlord shall have the exclusive control over the Common Areas.  Landlord may, from time to time, create different Common Areas, close or

 

 

23



 

otherwise modify the Common Areas, and modify the Building Rules and Regulations with respect thereto.

 

22.           RIGHT TO RELOCATE .   Landlord retains the right and power, to be exercised reasonably and at Landlord’s expense, to relocate Tenant within the Building to space which is comparable in size to the Premises and is suited to Tenant’s use, and all terms of this Lease shall apply to the new space with equal force.  Instances when the exercise of Landlord’s right and power to relocate Tenant shall be deemed reasonable include, but shall not be limited to, instances where Landlord desires to consolidate the rentable area in the Building to provide Landlord’s services more efficiently, or to provide contiguous vacant space for a prospective tenant.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any claims arising in connection with a relocation permitted under this Section 22.  The parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease stating the relocation of the Premises.

 

23.           QUIET ENJOYMENT .   Provided Tenant has performed all its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy, use and enjoy the Premises during the Term subject to the provisions of this Lease.  Landlord shall warrant and forever defend Tenant’s right to occupancy of the Premises against the claims of any and all persons whosoever lawfully claiming the same or any part thereof, by, through or under Landlord, but not otherwise, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

 

24.           DEFAULT BY TENANT .

 

24.1         Events of Default .   Each of the following occurrences shall constitute an Event of Default (herein so called):

 

(a)           the failure of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount due under this Lease as and when due hereunder and the continuance of such failure for a period of five (5) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the failure; provided, however, after Landlord has given Tenant written notice pursuant to this clause 24.1(a) on two separate occasions, Landlord shall not be required to give Tenant any further notice under this clause 24.1(a); provided, however, that the obligation of Tenant to pay a late charge or interest pursuant to this Lease shall commence as of the due date of the Rent or other monetary obligation and not on the expiration of any grace period;

 

(b)           the failure of Tenant to perform, comply with or observe any other agreement, obligation or undertaking of Tenant, or any other term, condition or provision in this Lease, and the continuance of such failure for a period of ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the failure;

 

(c)           the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or the failure of Tenant to occupy the Premises or any significant portion thereof;

 

(d)           the involuntary transfer by Tenant of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the voluntary attempt to or actual transfer of its interest in this Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent;

 

(e)           the failure of Tenant to discharge any lien placed as a result of Tenant’s action or inaction upon the Premises or Building as set forth hereunder;

 

(f)            the occurrence of a Net Tenant Delay, as defined in the Work Letter Agreement, of thirty (30) calendar days or more;

 

(g)           the filing of a petition by or against Tenant (the term “Tenant” also meaning, for the purpose of this clause 24.1(d), any guarantor of the named Tenant’s obligations hereunder) (i) in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, (ii) seeking any relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar debtor relief law, (iii) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver for all or substantially all of Tenant’ s property or for Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or (iv) to reorganize or modify Tenant’s capital structure; and

 

 

24



 

(h)           the admission by Tenant in writing that it cannot meet its obligations as they become due or the making by Tenant of an assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

 

24.2         Remedies of Landlord .   Upon any Event of Default, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option in its sole discretion, and in addition to all other rights, remedies and recourses afforded Landlord hereunder or by law or equity, do any one or more of the following:

 

(a)           terminate this Lease by the giving of written notice to Tenant; reenter the Premises, with or without process of law; eject all parties in possession thereof; repossess and enjoy the Premises and all Tenant Improvements; and recover from Tenant all of the following:  (i) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination, (ii) all amounts due under Section 24.3, and (iii) liquidated damages in an amount equal to (A) the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at the prime lending rate (or equivalent rate, however denominated) in effect on the date of termination at the largest national bank in the state where the Complex is located, minus (B) the then–present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, similarly discounted, plus any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, brokers’ commissions or finder’s fees;

 

(b)           terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease by the giving of written notice to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (i) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (ii) all amounts due from time to time under Section 24.3, and (iii) all Rent and other sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during said period.  Reentry by Landlord in the Premises will not affect the obligations of Tenant hereunder for the unexpired Term.  Landlord may bring action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until expiration of the Term.  If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 24.2(b), it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 24.2(a);

 

(c)           without notice, alter any and all locks and other security devices at the Premises without being obligated to deliver new keys to the Premises, unless Tenant has cured all Events of Default before Landlord has terminated this Lease under Section 24.2(a) or has entered into a lease to relet all or a portion of the Premises;

 

(d)           if an Event of Default specified in Section 24.1(c) occurs, Landlord may remove and store any property that remains on the Premises and, if Tenant does not claim such property within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant notice of such storage, Landlord may appropriate, sell, destroy or otherwise dispose of the property in question without notice to Tenant or any other person, and without any obligation to account for such property; and/or

 

(e)           for all purposes set forth in this paragraph 24.2, Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed as agent for Tenant.  No taking possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed as Landlord’s acceptance of a surrender of the Premises by Tenant or an election of Landlord to terminate this Lease unless written notice of such intention is given to Tenant.  Notwithstanding any leasing or subletting without termination of the Lease, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate the Lease for Tenant’s previous breach.

 

24.3         Payment by Tenant .   Upon any Event of Default, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, in (a) retaking or otherwise obtaining possession of the Premises, (b) removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, (c) constructing the Tenant Improvements or otherwise incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvement Allowance Items as defined in the Work Letter Agreement, (d) repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling or otherwise putting the Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant or tenants, (e) reletting all or any part of the Premises, (f) paying or performing the underlying obligation which Tenant failed to pay or perform,

 

 

25



 

and (g) enforcing any of Landlord’s rights, remedies or recourses arising as a consequence of the Event of Default.

 

24.4         Reletting .   Upon termination of this Lease or upon termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including a term different than the Term, rental concessions, and alterations to and improvements of the Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing other portions of the Building.  Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due with respect to such reletting.  If Landlord relets the Premises, rent Landlord receives from such reletting shall be applied to the payment of:  first, any indebtedness from Tenant to Landlord other than Rent (if any); second, all costs, including for maintenance and alterations, incurred by Landlord in reletting; and third, Rent due and unpaid.  In no event shall Tenant be entitled to the excess of any rent obtained by reletting over the Rent herein reserved.

 

24.5         Landlord’s Right to Pay or Perform .   Upon an Event of Default, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so and without thereby waiving or curing such Event of Default, pay or perform the underlying obligation for the account of Tenant, and enter the Premises and expend the Security Deposit and any other sums for such purpose.

 

24.6         No Waiver; No Implied Surrender .   Provisions of this Lease may only be waived by the party entitled to the benefit of the provision evidencing the waiver in writing.  Thus, neither the acceptance of Rent by Landlord following an Event of Default (whether known to Landlord or not), nor any other custom or practice followed in connection with this Lease, shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of such Event of Default or any other Event of Default.  Further, the failure by Landlord to complain of any action or inaction by Tenant, or to assert that any action or inaction by Tenant constitutes (or would constitute, with the giving of notice and the passage of time) an Event of Default, regardless of how long such failure continues, shall not extinguish, waive or in any way diminish the rights, remedies and recourses of Landlord with respect to such action or inaction.  No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or of any breach by Tenant of any obligation of Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof, or of any subsequent breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision hereof.  Landlord’s consent to any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to any subsequent act of Tenant.  No act or omission by Landlord (other than Landlord’s execution of a document acknowledging such surrender) or Landlord’s agents, including the delivery of the keys to the Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises.

 

25.           DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD .  Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any right, remedy or recourse against Landlord or otherwise as a consequence of any alleged default by Landlord under this Lease, unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after Tenant gives Landlord and (provided that Tenant shall have been given the name and address of Landlord’s Mortgagee) Landlord’s Mortgagee written notice thereof specifying, with reasonable particularity, the nature of Landlord’s failure.  If, however, the failure cannot reasonably be cured within the thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be in default hereunder if Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee commences to cure the failure within the thirty (30) days and thereafter pursues the curing of same diligently to completion.  If Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord for Landlord’s default of its obligations hereunder or otherwise, the judgment shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be satisfied only out of the interest of Landlord in the Complex as the same may then be encumbered, and Landlord shall not otherwise be liable for any deficiency.  In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord other than its interest in the Complex.  The foregoing shall not limit any right that Tenant might have to obtain specific performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

 

26.           RIGHT OF REENTRY .   Upon the expiration or termination of the Term for whatever cause, or upon the exercise by Landlord of its right to reenter the Premises without terminating this Lease, Tenant shall immediately, quietly and peaceably surrender to Landlord

 

 

26



 

possession of the Premises in “broom clean” and good order, condition and repair, except only for ordinary wear and tear, damage by casualty not covered by Section 15.2 and repairs to be made by Landlord pursuant to Section 15.1.  If Tenant is in default under this Lease, Landlord shall have a lien on such personal property, trade fixtures and other property as set forth in Section 38–3–1, et seq ., of the Utah Code Ann. (or any replacement provision).  Landlord may require Tenant to remove any personal property, trade fixtures, other property, alterations, additions and improvements made to the Premises by Tenant or by Landlord for Tenant, and to restore the Premises to their condition on the date of this Lease.  All personal property, trade fixtures and other property of Tenant not removed from the Premises on the abandonment of the Premises or on the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease for any cause shall conclusively be deemed to have been abandoned and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to, and without any obligation to account to, Tenant or any other person.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord all expenses incurred in connection with the disposition of such property in excess of any amount received by Landlord from such disposition.  Tenant shall not be released from Tenant’s obligations under this Lease in connection with surrender of the Premises until Landlord has inspected the Premises and delivered to Tenant a written release.  While Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after such expiration, termination or exercise by Landlord of its reentry right, Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises as a tenant–at–sufferance, subject to all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the daily Rent shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the per–day Rent in effect immediately before such expiration, termination or exercise by Landlord.  No such holding over shall extend the Term.  If Tenant fails to surrender possession of the Premises in the condition herein required, Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, restore the Premises to such condition.

 

27.           MISCELLANEOUS .

 

27.1         Independent Obligations; No Offset .   The obligations of Tenant to pay Rent and to perform the other undertakings of Tenant hereunder constitute independent unconditional obligations to be performed at the times specified hereunder, regardless of any breach or default by Landlord hereunder.  Tenant shall have no right, and Tenant hereby waives and relinquishes all rights which Tenant might otherwise have, to claim any nature of lien against the Complex or to withhold, deduct from or offset against any Rent or other sums to be paid to Landlord by Tenant.

 

27.2         Time of Essence .   Time is of the essence with respect to each date or time specified in this Lease by which an event is to occur.

 

27.3         Applicable Law .   This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Utah.  All monetary and other obligations of Landlord and Tenant are performable in the county where the Complex is located.

 

27.4         Assignment by Landlord .   Landlord shall have the right to assign without notice or consent, in whole or in part, any or all of its rights, titles or interests in and to the Complex or this Lease and, upon any such assignment, Landlord shall be relieved of all unaccrued liabilities and obligations hereunder to the extent of the interest so assigned.

 

27.5         Estoppel Certificates; Financial Statements .   From time to time at the request of Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee, Tenant will within seven (7) calendar days, and without compensation or consideration execute, have acknowledged and deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, setting forth the following:  (a) a ratification of this Lease; (b) the Commencement Date, expiration date and other Lease information; (c) that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended (except by such writing as shall be stated); (d) that all conditions under this Lease to be performed by Landlord have been satisfied or, in the alternative, those claimed by Tenant to be unsatisfied; (e) that no defenses or offsets exist against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord or, in the alternative, those claimed by Tenant to exist; (f) whether within the knowledge of Tenant there are any existing breaches or defaults by Landlord hereunder and, if so, stating the defaults with reasonable particularity; (g) the amount of advance Rent, if any (or none if such is the case), paid by Tenant; (h) the date to which Rent has been paid; (i) the amount of the Security Deposit; and (j) such other information as Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee may request.  Landlord’s Mortgagee and purchasers shall be entitled to rely on any estoppel certificate executed by Tenant.  Tenant shall,

 

 

27



 

within twenty (20) calendar days after Landlord’s request, furnish to Landlord current financial statements for Tenant, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and certified by Tenant to be true and correct.

 

27.6         Signs, Building Name and Building Address .   Landlord may, from time to time at its discretion, place any and all signs anywhere in the Complex, and may change the name and street address of the Complex.  Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant from the Premises.

 

27.7         Notices .   All notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall either be sent by overnight courier or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested, and addressed as set forth in Section ”G” of the Basic Lease Information, or delivered in person to the intended addressee.  Notice sent by overnight courier shall become effective one (1) business day after being sent.  Notice mailed in the aforesaid manner shall become effective three (3) business days after deposit.  Notice given in any other manner, and any notice given to Landlord, shall be effective only upon receipt by the intended addressee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Commencement Date, notice may also be given at the following addresses:  (a) for Landlord, at the Building Manager’s office in the Building, and (b) for Tenant, the Premises.  Each party shall have the continuing right to change its address for notice hereunder by the giving of fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to the other party in accordance with this Section 27.7.

 

27.8         Entire Agreement , Amendment and Binding Effect .   This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior agreements relative hereto which are not contained herein are terminated.  This Lease may be amended only by a written document duly executed by Landlord and Tenant (and, if a Mortgage is then in effect, by the Landlord’s Mortgagee entitled to the benefits thereof), and any alleged amendment which is not so documented shall not be effective as to either party.  The provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Section 27.8 shall not negate, diminish or alter the restrictions on Transfers applicable to Tenant set forth elsewhere in this Lease.

 

27.9         Severability .   This Lease is intended to be performed in accordance with and only to the extent permitted by all Legal Requirements.  If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, but the extent of the invalidity or unenforceability does not destroy the basis of the bargain between the parties as contained herein, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby, but rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

27.10       Number and Gender, Captions and References .   As the context of this Lease may require, pronouns shall include natural persons and legal entities of every kind and character, the singular number shall include the plural, and the neuter shall include the masculine and the feminine gender.  Section headings in this Lease are for convenience of reference only and are not intended, to any extent and for any purpose, to limit or define any section hereof.  Whenever the terms “hereof,” “hereby,” “herein,” “hereunder” or words of similar import are used in this Lease, they shall be construed as referring to this Lease in its entirety rather than to a particular section or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to the contrary.  Any reference to a particular “Section” shall be construed as referring to the indicated section of this Lease.

 

27.11       Attorneys’ Fees .   In the event either party commences a legal proceeding to enforce any of the terms of this Lease, the prevailing party in such action shall have the right to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs from the other party, to be fixed by the court in the same action.  “Legal proceedings” includes appeals from a lower court judgment as well as proceedings in the Federal Bankruptcy Court (“Bankruptcy Court”), whether or not they are adversary proceedings or contested matters.  The “prevailing party” (i) as used in the context of proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court means the prevailing party in an adversary proceeding or contested matter, or any other actions taken by the non–bankrupt party which are reasonably necessary to protect its rights

 

 

28



 

under this Lease, and (ii) as used in the context of proceedings in any court other than the Bankruptcy Court means the party that prevails in obtaining a remedy or relief which most nearly reflects the remedy or relief which the party sought.

 

27.12       Brokers .   Tenant and Landlord hereby warrant and represent unto the other that it has not incurred or authorized any brokerage commission, finder’s fees or similar payments in connection with this Lease, other than that which is due pursuant to a separate written agreement between the Landlord and Landlord’s agents and subagents.  Each party shall defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claim for brokerage commission, finder’s fees or similar payment arising by virtue of authorization of such party, or any Affiliate of such party, in connection with this Lease.

 

27.13       Interest on Tenant’s Obligations .   Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law from the date such payment is due until paid, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure the default in payment.

 

27.14       Authority .   Each person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant personally warrants and represents that (a) Tenant is a duly organized and existing legal entity, in good standing in the State of Utah, (b) Tenant has full right and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Lease, (c) this Lease is binding upon and enforceable against Tenant in accordance with its terms, (d) the person executing and delivering this Lease on behalf of Tenant was duly authorized to do so, and (d) upon request of Landlord, such person will deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of his or her authority to execute this Lease on behalf of Tenant.

 

27.15       Recording .   Neither this Lease (including any Exhibit hereto) nor any memorandum hereof shall be recorded without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

27.16       Exhibits .   All Exhibits and written addenda hereto are incorporated herein for any and all purposes.

 

27.17       Multiple Counterparts .   This Lease may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one instrument.

 

27.18       Survival of Indemnities .   The indemnity obligations of Tenant contained in this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease to and until the last to occur of (a) the last day permitted by law for the bringing of any claim or action with respect to which indemnification may be claimed, or (b) the date on which any claim or action for which indemnification may be claimed under such provision is fully and finally resolved and any compromise thereof or judgment or award thereon is paid in full.  Payment shall not be a condition precedent to recovery upon any indemnification provision contained herein.

 

27.19       Miscellaneous .   Any guaranty delivered in connection with this Lease is an integral part of this Lease and constitutes consideration given to Landlord to enter into this Lease.  No amendment to this Lease shall be binding on Landlord or Tenant unless reduced to writing and signed by both parties.  Each provision to be performed by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition.  Venue on any action arising out of this Lease shall be proper only in the District Court of Salt Lake County, State of Utah.  Landlord and Tenant waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of them against the other on all matters arising out of this Lease or the use and occupancy of the Premises.  The submission of this Lease to Tenant is not an offer to lease the Premises or an agreement by Landlord to reserve the Premises for Tenant.  Landlord shall not be bound to Tenant until Tenant has duly executed and delivered duplicate original copies of this Lease to Landlord and Landlord has duly executed and delivered one of those duplicate original copies to Tenant.

 

 

29



 

EXECUTED as of the date and year above first written.

 

TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD HAS MADE NO WARRANTIES TO TENANT, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE.

 

TENANT:

DISCOUNTSDIRECT

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rob Brazel

 

 

 

 

Name: 

Rob Brazel

 

 

 

 

Title: 

Chairman, CEO

 

 

 

 

Date: 

12-17-98

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

2855 E. COTTONWOOD PARKWAY, L.C., a Utah limited liability company, by its following Managing Member

 

 

 

COTTONWOOD CORPORATE CENTER, L.C., a Utah limited liability company, by its following member

 

 

 

C&E HOLDINGS PARTNERSHIP, a Utah general partnership, by its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

COTTONWOOD EQUITIES, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, by Cottonwood Realty Services, L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John L. West

 

 

JOHN L. WEST, Managing Director

 

 

 

30



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

 

a.                                        Addendum ” shall mean all the addenda, exhibits and attachments, if any, attached to the Lease or to any exhibit to the Lease.  All addenda are by definition incorporated into the Lease Agreement.  Unless otherwise specifically provided, terms and phrases in any Addendum shall have the meaning of such terms and phrases as provided in the Lease Agreement and this Glossary of Defined Terms.

 

b.                                       Affiliate ” shall mean a person or party who or which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, another person or party.

 

c.                                        Building ” shall mean that certain office building and garage structure constructed on the Land, the street address of which is 2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, Salt Lake County, Utah.  The term “Building” shall include, without limitation, all fixtures and appurtenances in and to the aforesaid structure, including specifically but without limitation all above–grade walkways and all electrical, mechanical, plumbing, security, elevator, boiler, HVAC, telephone, water, gas, storm sewer, sanitary sewer and all other utility systems and connections, all life support systems, sprinklers, smoke detection and other fire protection systems, and all equipment, machinery, shafts, flues, piping, wiring, ducts, duct work, panels, instrumentation and other appurtenances relating thereto.

 

d.                                       Building Operating Hours ” shall mean 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, and Saturday 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m., exclusive of Sundays and Holidays.

 

e.                                        Building Rules and Regulations ” shall mean the rules and regulations governing the Complex promulgated by Landlord from time to time.  The current Building Rules and Regulations maintained by Landlord are attached as Exhibit C hereto.

 

f.                                          Building Standard ”, when applied to an item, shall mean such item as has been designated by Landlord (orally or in writing) as generally applicable throughout the leased portions of the Building, as more fully set forth on Exhibit D2 hereto.

 

g.                                       Commencement Date ” shall mean the date of the commencement of the Term as determined pursuant to Section 6.3.

 

h.                                       Common Areas ” shall mean all areas and facilities within the Complex which have been constructed and are being maintained by Landlord for the common, general, nonexclusive use of all tenants in the Building, as revised from time to time in Landlord’s discretion, and shall include rest rooms, lobbies, corridors, service areas, elevators, stairs and stairwells, the Parking Facility, driveways, loading areas, ramps, walkways and landscaped areas.

 

i.                                           Complex ” shall mean the Land and all improvements thereon, including the Building and the Parking Facility.

 

j.                                           Fiscal Year ” shall mean each fiscal year (or portion thereof) as designated by Landlord, in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the Fiscal Year in which the Lease Term expires.  The Fiscal Year currently commences on January 1; however, Landlord may change the Fiscal Year at any time or times.

 

k.                                        Force Majeure ” shall mean the occurrence of any event which hinders, prevents or delays the performance by Landlord of any of its obligations hereunder and which is beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

 

l.                                           Holidays ” shall mean (a) New Year’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, (b) other days on which national or state banks located in the state where the Complex is located must or may close for ordinary operations, and (c) other days which are commonly observed as Holidays by the majority of

 

 



 

tenants of the Building.  If the Holiday occurs on a Saturday or Sunday, the Friday preceding or the Monday following may, at Landlord’s discretion, be observed as a Holiday.

 

m.                                     HVAC ” shall mean the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems in the Building.

 

n.                                       Impositions ” shall mean (a) all real estate, personal property, rental, water, sewer, transit, use, occupancy and other taxes, assessments, charges, excises and levies (including any interest, costs or penalties with respect thereto), general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, of any kind and nature whatsoever which are assessed, levied, charged or imposed upon or with respect to the Complex, or any portion thereof, or the sidewalks, streets or alleyways adjacent thereto, or the ownership, use, occupancy or enjoyment thereof (including but not limited to mortgage taxes and other taxes and assessments passed on to Landlord by Landlord’s Mortgagee), and (b) all charges for any easement, license, permit or agreement maintained for the benefit of the Complex.  “Impositions” shall not include income taxes, estate and inheritance taxes, excess profit taxes, franchise taxes, taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Complex, and taxes imposed on account of the transfer of ownership of the Complex or the Land.  If any or all of the Impositions shall be discontinued and, in substitution therefor, taxes, assessments, charges, excises or impositions shall be assessed, levied, charged or imposed wholly or partially on the Rents received or payable hereunder (a “ Substitute Imposition ”), then the Substitute Imposition shall be deemed to be included within the term “Impositions.”

 

o.                                       Land ” shall mean the real property on which the Building is constructed and which is further described in Exhibit E hereto.

 

p.                                       Landlord’s Consent or Landlord’s Approval ” as used in this Agreement, shall mean the prior written consent or written approval of Landlord to the particular item or request.  Where provided in the Lease, the Landlord’s consent or approval shall be determined in Landlord’s sole discretion, but shall otherwise not be unreasonably withheld.

 

q.                                       Landlord’s Mortgagee ” shall mean the mortgagee of any mortgage, the beneficiary of any deed of trust, the pledgee of any pledge, the secured party of any security interest, the assignee of any assignment and the transferee of any other instrument of transfer (including the ground lessor of any ground lease on the Land) now or hereafter in existence on all or any portion of the Complex, and their successors, assigns and purchasers.  “ Mortgage ” shall mean any such mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security agreement, assignment or transfer instrument, including all renewals, extensions and rearrangements thereof and of all debts secured thereby.

 

r.                                          Landlord’s Work ” shall mean all improvements, components, assemblies, installations, finish, labor, materials and services that Landlord is required to furnish, install, perform, provide or apply to the Premises as specified in the Work Letter Agreement.

 

s.                                        Legal Requirements ” shall mean any and all (a) judicial decisions, orders, injunctions, writs, statutes, rulings, rules, regulations, promulgations, directives, permits, certificates or ordinances of any governmental authority in any way applicable to Tenant or the Complex, including but not limited to the Building Rules and Regulations, zoning, environmental and utility conservation matters, (b) requirements imposed on Landlord by any Landlord’s Mortgagee, (c) insurance requirements, and (d) other documents, instruments or agreements (written or oral) relating to the Complex or to which the Complex may be bound or encumbered.

 

t.                                          Parking Facility ” shall mean (a) any parking garage and any other parking lot or facility adjacent to or in the Complex servicing the Building, and (b) any parking area, open or covered, leased by Landlord to service the Building.

 

u.                                       Permitted Use ” means lawful, general business office purposes only, and no other purpose, in strict compliance with the Building Rules and Regulations from time to time in effect and all other Legal Requirements.

 

 

A-2



 

v.                                       Premises ” shall mean the area leased by Tenant pursuant to this Lease as outlined on the floor plan drawing attached as Exhibit B hereto and all other space added to the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease.  The Premises includes the space between the interior surface of the walls and the top surface of the floor slab of the outlined area and the finished surface of the ceiling immediately above.

 

w.                                     Rent ” shall mean Base Rent, Additional Rent, the parking charge called for in Section 5.4 and all other amounts provided for under this Lease to be paid by Tenant, whether as Additional Rent or otherwise.  “ Base Rent ” shall mean the base rent specified in Section 5.1 as adjusted in accordance with Section 5.2.  “ Base Rent Adjustment ” shall mean the increase in the annual Base Rent as set forth in Section 5.2.  “ Additional Rent ” shall mean the additional rent specified in Section 5.3.

 

x.                                         Rentable Area ” shall mean the Rentable Area of the Premises and the Rentable Area of the Building as stated in Section ”A” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information.

 

y.                                       Security Deposit ” means the amount stated in Section ”E” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information.

 

z.                                         Substantial Completion ” shall mean the completion of construction upon the Premises of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work–stations, built–in furniture or equipment to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Tenant.

 

aa.                                  Taking ” or “ Taken ” shall mean the actual or constructive condemnation, or the actual or constructive acquisition by or under threat of condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding, by or at the direction of any governmental authority or agency.

 

bb.                                Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage of Operating Expenses to be paid by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.  “Tenant’s Share” may be adjusted by Landlord from time to time to reflect adjustments to the then–current Rentable Area of the Building or the Premises.  Landlord and Tenant stipulate that “Tenant’s Share” shall initially mean the percentage stated in Section ”D” of the Summary of Basic Lease Information.

 

cc.                                  Transfer ” shall mean (a) an assignment (direct or indirect, absolute or conditional, by operation of law or otherwise) by Tenant of all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby, (b) a sublease of all or any portion of the Premises, or (c) the grant or conveyance by Tenant of any concession or license within the Premises.  If Tenant is a corporation, then any transfer of this Lease by merger, consolidation or dissolution, or by any change in ownership or power to vote a majority of the voting stock (being the shares of stock regularly entitled to vote for the election of directors) in Tenant outstanding at the time of execution of this Lease shall constitute a Transfer.  If Tenant is a partnership having one or more corporations as general partners, the preceding sentence shall apply to each corporation as if the corporation alone had been the Tenant hereunder.  If Tenant is a general or limited partnership, joint venture or other form of association, the Transfer of a majority of the ownership interests therein shall constitute a Transfer.  “ Transferee ” shall mean the assignee, sublessee, pledgee, concessionaire, licensee or other transferee of all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, the leasehold estate created hereby or the Premises.

 

dd.                                Work Letter Agreement ” shall mean the agreement, if any, attached as Exhibit D hereto between Landlord and Tenant for the construction of improvements in the Premises.

 

 

A-3



 

EXHIBIT B

 

PREMISES

 

Attached floor plan of the Premises.

 

 

 

[GRAPHIC OF PREMISES DISPLAYED HERE]

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Tenant shall comply with the following Rules and Regulations.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of these Rules and Regulations by Tenant, any other tenant, or any visitor, licensee, agent, or other person or entity.

 

1.             Security; Admission to Building .  Landlord may from time to time adopt appropriate systems and procedures for the security or safety of the Building, any persons occupying, using or entering the Building, or any equipment, finishings or contents of the Building, and each tenant shall comply with such systems and procedures.  Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person.  In the event of an invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by closing of the doors of the Building or any other reasonable method, for the safety of the tenants and protection of the Building and property in the Building.

 

2.             Conduct and Exclusion or Expulsion .  Tenant’s employees, visitors, and licensees shall not loiter in or interfere with the use of the Parking Facility or the Complex’s driveway or parking areas, nor consume alcohol in the Common Areas of the Complex or the Parking Facility.  The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators, and stairways of the Building will not be obstructed by any tenants or used by any of them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises.  The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators, and stairways are not for the general public, and Landlord may control and prevent access to them by all persons whose presence, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants.  In determining whether access will be denied, Landlord may consider attire worn by a person and its appropriateness for an office building, whether shoes are being worn, use of profanity, either verbally or on clothing, actions of a person (including without limitation spitting, verbal abusiveness, and the like), and such other matters as Landlord may reasonably consider appropriate.

 

3.             Signs, Notices and Decorations .  No sign, placard, picture, decoration, name, advertisement or notice (collectively “Material”) visible from the exterior of any tenant’s premises shall be inscribed, painted, affixed or otherwise displayed by any tenant on any part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.  All approved signs or lettering will be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of the tenant desiring such by a person approved by Landlord.  Material visible from outside the Building will not be permitted.  Landlord may remove such Material without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to the tenant in question.

 

4.             Curtains and Decorations .  No awnings, curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, screens, or other coverings, hangings or decorations will be attached to, hung or placed in, or used in connection with any window of the Building or the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

5.             Non–obstruction of Light .  The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning vents and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways, tenant premises, or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant, nor will any bottles, parcels or other articles or decorations be placed on any window sills.

 

6.             Showcases .  No showcases or other articles will be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the public halls, corridors or vestibules without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

7.             Cooking; Use of Premises for Improper Purposes .  No tenant will permit its Premises to be used for lodging or sleeping.  No cooking will be done or permitted by any tenant on its Premises, except in areas of the Premises which are specially constructed for cooking as specifically provided in working drawings approved by Landlord, so long as such use is in accordance with all

 

 



 

applicable federal, state, and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.  Microwave ovens and other Underwriters’ Laboratory (UL)–approved equipment may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, and similar beverages for employees and visitors.  The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise or for any improper, reasonably objectionable, or immoral purpose.

 

8.             Janitorial Service .  No tenant will employ any person or persons other than the cleaning service of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the premises, unless otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing.  If any tenant’s actions result in any increased expense for any required cleaning, Landlord may assess such tenant for such expenses.  Janitorial service will not be furnished on nights to offices which are occupied after business hours on those nights unless, by prior written agreement of Landlord, service is extended to a later hour for specifically designated offices.

 

9.             Use of Restrooms .  The toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other plumbing fixtures will not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other foreign substances will be thrown in them.  All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures will be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, have caused the damage.

 

10.           Defacement of Premises or Building .  No tenant will deface any part of the Premises or the Building.  Without the prior written consent of Landlord, no tenant will lay linoleum or other similar floor covering so that it comes in direct contact with the floor of such tenant’s premises.  If linoleum or other similar floor covering is to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt will be first affixed to the floor by a paste or other material soluble in water.  The use of cement or other similar adhesive material is expressly prohibited.  Except as permitted by Landlord by prior written consent, Tenant shall not mark on, paint signs on, cut, drill into, drive nails or screws into, or in any way deface the walls, ceilings, partitions or floors of the Premises or of the Building, and any defacement, damage or injury directly or indirectly caused by Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant.  Pictures or diplomas shall be hung on tacks or small nails; Tenant shall not use adhesive hooks for such purposes.

 

11.           Locks; Keys .  No tenant will alter, change, replace or rekey any lock or install a new lock or a knocker on any door of the Premises.  Landlord, its agent or employee will retain a master key to all door locks on the Premises.  Any new door locks required by a tenant or any change in keying of existing locks will be installed or changed by Landlord following such tenant’s written request to Landlord and will be at such tenant’s expense.  All new locks and rekeyed locks will remain operable by Landlord’s master key.  Landlord will furnish to each tenant, free of charge, two (2) keys to each door lock on its premises, and two (2) Building access cards.  Landlord will have the right to collect a reasonable charge for additional keys and cards requested by any tenant.  Each tenant, upon termination of its tenancy, will deliver to Landlord all keys and access cards for the Premises and Building which have been furnished to such tenant.  Tenant shall keep the doors of the Premises closed and securely locked when Tenant is not at the Premises.

 

12.           Furniture, Freight and Equipment .  No furniture, freight, packages, merchandise, or equipment of any kind may be brought into the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between those hours and in that specific elevator designated by Landlord or otherwise upon consent of the Landlord, without prior notice to and consent of Landlord.  Landlord may at any time restrict the elevators and areas of the Building into which deliveries or messengers may enter.  The elevator designated for freight by Landlord will be available for use by all tenants in the Building during the hours and pursuant to such procedures as Landlord may determine from time to time.  The persons employed to move Tenant’s equipment, material, furniture or other property in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord.  A certificate or other verification of such insurance must be received and approved by Landlord prior to the start of any moving operations.  Insurance must be sufficient, in Landlord’s sole opinion, to cover all personal liability, theft or damage to the Building, including without limitation floor coverings, doors, walls, elevators, stairs, foliage and landscaping.  All moving operations will be conducted at such times and in such a manner as Landlord may direct, and all moving will take place during nonbusiness hours unless Landlord otherwise agrees in writing.  The moving tenant shall be responsible for the provision of Building security during all moving operations, and shall be liable for all losses and damages sustained by any party as a result of the failure to supply adequate security.  Landlord may prescribe the weight, size

 

 

C-2



 

and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property brought into the Building.  Heavy objects will, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to distribute the weight properly.  Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining such property will be repaired at the expense of the moving tenant.  Landlord may inspect all such property to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all such property which violates any of these rules and regulations or the lease of which these rules and regulations are a part.  Supplies, goods, materials, packages, furniture and all other items of every kind delivered to or taken from the Premises will be delivered or removed through the entrance and route designated by Landlord.

 

13.           Inflammable or Combustible Fluids or Materials; Noninterference of Others .  No tenant will use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid or material, or chemical substance other than limited quantities of them reasonably necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment or limited quantities of cleaning fluids and solvents required in the normal operation of the Premises.  Without Landlord’s prior written approval, no tenant will use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.  Tenant shall not waste electricity, water, or air conditioning and shall cooperate fully with Landlord to insure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system.  No tenant will keep any firearms within the Premises.  No tenant will use or keep, or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in any manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business in the Building.

 

14.           Address of Building .  Landlord may, without notice and without liability to any tenant, change the name and street address of the Building.

 

15.           Use of Building Name or Likeness .  Landlord will have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant mentioning the Building which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a Building for offices and, upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant will discontinue such advertising.

 

16.           Animals, Birds and Vehicles .  Tenant will not bring any animals or birds into the Premises or Building, and will not permit bicycles or other vehicles inside or on the sidewalks outside the Building, except in areas designated from time to time by Landlord for such purposes.

 

17.           Off–Hour Access .  All persons entering or leaving the Building at any time other than the Building’s business hours shall comply with such off–hour regulations as Landlord may establish and modify from time to time.  Landlord may limit or restrict access to the Building during such periods and shall not be liable for any error with regard to the admission or exclusion of any person.

 

18.           Disposal of Trash .  Each tenant will store all its trash and garbage within its premises.  No material will be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.  All garbage and refuse disposal will be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord may designate.  No furniture, appliances, equipment or flammable products of any type may be disposed of in the Building trash receptacles.

 

19.           Disturbance of Tenants .  Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written materials in the Building or Parking Facility are prohibited, and each tenant will cooperate to prevent same.

 

20.           Doors to Public Corridors .  Each tenant shall keep the doors of the Premises closed and locked, and shall shut off all water faucets, water apparatus, and utilities before tenant or tenant’s employees leave the Premises, so as to prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness in this regard Tenant shall be liable for all injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord.  On multiple–tenancy floors, all tenants will keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress and egress.

 

 

C-3



 

21.           Concessions .  Tenant shall not grant any concessions, licenses or permission for the sale or taking of orders for food or services or merchandise in the Premises, install or permit the installation or use of any machine or equipment for dispensing food or beverage in the Building, nor permit the preparation, serving, distribution or delivery of food or beverages in the Premises, without the prior written approval of Landlord and only in compliance with arrangements prescribed by Landlord.  Only persons approved by Landlord shall be permitted to serve, distribute or deliver food and beverage within the Building or to use the public areas of the Building for that purpose.

 

22.           Telecommunication and Other Wires .  Tenant may not introduce Telecommunication wires or other wires into the Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s approval of the method and location of such introduction.

 

23.           Rules Changes; Waivers .  Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations or to make any additional reasonable Rules and Regulations that, in Landlord’s judgment, may be necessary or helpful for the management, safety or cleanliness of the Premises or Building; the preservation of good order; or the convenience of occupants and tenants of the Building generally.  Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant.  No waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of those Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, and no waiver shall prevent Landlord from enforcing those Rules and Regulations against a tenant or any other tenant in the future.  Tenant shall be considered to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

 

C-4



 

EXHIBIT D

 

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D1

 

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D2

 

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND

 

Beginning at a point which is North 0°08’51” East along the Quarter Section line 908.56 feet, and North 89°04’36” East 740.83 feet, and North 55°02’48” East 206.85 feet from the West Quarter Corner of Section 23, Township 2 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian; and running thence North 34°55’16” West 67.93 feet to a point on the South Right–of–Way line of I–215 and a point on a 2076.90 foot radius curve to the left the chord of which bears North 62°36’26” East; thence Northeasterly along said South line and curve through a central angle of 5°57’01” a distance of 215.69 feet; thence North 67°29’16” East along said South line 183.64 feet; thence South 31°38’10” East 111.32 feet; thence South 70°30’09” East 57.70 feet; thence South 34°39’50” East 284.29 feet; thence South 11°06’23” East 28.44 feet; thence South 42°36’15” East 63.15 feet; thence South 64°43’27” East 71.26 feet; thence South 32°54’51” West 100.16 feet to a point on a 210.00 foot radius curve to the left the chord of which bears South 88°59’48” West; thence Westerly along said curve through a central angle of 67°50’08” a distance of 248.63 feet; thence South 55°04’44” West 161.13 feet to a point of a 835.00 foot radius curve to the right the chord of which bears South 55°10’54” West; thence Southwesterly along said curve through a central angle of 0°12’21” a distance of 3.00 feet; thence North 34°55’16” West 499.58 feet to the point of beginning.  Contains 234,930 square feet or 5.3932 acres.

 

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

STATEMENT OF CONFIRMATION AND

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

In accordance with that certain Lease Agreement between 2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, L.C., as Landlord and the undersigned, as Tenant (the “Lease”), the Tenant hereby confirms the following:

 

1.             Construction of the Tenant Improvements is Substantially Complete, and the Lease Term shall commence as of                                            , for a term of          years,                     months, and          days, ending on                                  .

 

2.             In accordance with the Lease, Base Rent shall begin to accrue on                             , in the amount of                                                  DOLLARS ($                        ).

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

2855 E. COTTONWOOD PARKWAY, L.C., a
Utah limited liability company, by its following
Managing Member

 

COTTONWOOD CORPORATE CENTER,
L.C., a Utah limited liability company, by its
following member

 

 

C&E HOLDINGS PARTNERSHIP, a Utah
general partnership, by its Managing
General Partner

 

 

 

COTTONWOOD EQUITIES, LTD., a
Texas limited partnership, by Cottonwood
Realty Services, L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

By:

 

 

JOHN L. WEST, Managing Director

 

 

TENANT:

 

DISCOUNTSDIRECT

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT H

 

STATEMENT OF TENANT IN RE: LEASE

[Tenant letterhead]

Teachers Insurance and Annuity

Association of America

730 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10017

 

RE:                             TIAA APPLICATION #UT00063

TIAA MTGE. #000445900

Cottonwood Corporate Center, Building 10

2855 East Cottonwood Parkway

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

Suite No. 500

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

It is our understanding that you have committed to place a mortgage upon the subject premises and as a condition precedent thereof have required this certification of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned, as Lessee, under that certain Lease dated                       , 19          , made with 2855 E. COTTONWOOD PARKWAY, L.C., as Lessor, hereby ratifies said Lease and certifies that:

 

1.                                        The “Commencement Date” of said Lease is                  , 19          ; and

 

2.                                        the undersigned is presently solvent and free from reorganization and/or bankruptcy and is in occupancy, open, and conducting business with the public in the premises; and

 

3.                                        the operation and use of the premises do not involve the generation, treatment, storage, disposal or release of a hazardous substance or a solid waste into the environment other than to the extent necessary to conduct its ordinary course of business in the premises and in accordance with all applicable environmental laws, and that the premises are being operated in accordance with all applicable environmental laws, zoning ordinances and building codes; and

 

4.                                        the current base rental payable pursuant to the terms of said Lease is $                    per annum; and further, additional rental pursuant to said Lease is payable as follows:                                                                                 ; and

 

5.                                        said Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way (except by agreements(s) dated                            ), and neither party thereto is in default thereunder; and

 

6.                                        the Lease described above represents the entire agreement between the parties as to the leasing of the premises; and

 

7.                                        the term of said Lease expires on                                      ; and

 

8.                                        all conditions under said Lease to be performed by the Lessor have been satisfied, including, without limitation, all co–tenancy requirements thereunder, if any; and

 

9.                                        all required contributions by Lessor to Lessee on account of Lessee’s improvements have been received; and

 

 



 

10.                                  on this date there are no existing defenses or offsets, claims or counterclaims which the undersigned has against the enforcement of said Lease by the Lessor; and

 

11.                                  no rental has been paid in advance and no security (except the security deposit in the amount of $                                   ) has been deposited with Lessor; and

 

12.                                  Lessee’s floor area is                                            square feet (rentable); and

 

13.                                  The most recent payment of current basic rental was for the payment due on                                         , and all basic rental and additional rental payable pursuant to the terms of the Lease have been paid up to said date; and

 

14.                                  the undersigned acknowledges notice that Lessor’s interest under the Lease and the rent and all other sums due thereunder will be assigned to you as part of the security for a mortgage loan by you to Lessor.  In the event that Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, as lender, notifies the undersigned of a default under the mortgage and demands that the undersigned pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease to lender, Lessee agrees that it shall pay its rent and all such other sums to lender.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

DISCOUNTSDIRECT

 

 

By:

 

Its:

 

Date:

 

 

 

H-2



 

SUBORDINATION, NON–DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON–DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made by and between TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, a New York corporation with offices at 730 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (“Lender”) and DISCOUNTSDIRECT, a                                    with its principal place of business at                                                              (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Lender has made or is about to make a loan (together with all advances and increases, the “Loan”) to 2855 E. COTTONWOOD PARKWAY, L.C., a limited liability company (“Borrower”).

 

B.            Borrower, as Landlord, and Tenant have entered into a lease dated                          , 19          , as amended by amendments dated                      , 19          (the “Lease”) which leased to Tenant Suite No.             (the “Leased Space”) located in the Property (defined below).

 

C.            The Loan is or will be secured by the Trust Deed, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Fixture Filing Statement and Security Agreement recorded or to be recorded in the official records of the County of Salt Lake, State or Commonwealth of Utah (together with all advances, increases, amendments or consolidations, the “Mortgage”) and the Assignment of Leases and Rents recorded or to be recorded in such official records (together with all amendments or consolidations, the “Assignment”), assigning to Lender the Lease and all rent, additional rent and other sums payable by Tenant under the Lease (the “Rent”).

 

D.            The Mortgage encumbers the real property, improvements and fixtures located at 2855 East Cottonwood Parkway in the County of Salt Lake, State or Commonwealth of Utah, and described on Exhibit ”A” (the “Property”).

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, Lender and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.             The Lease and all of Tenant’s rights under the Lease are and will remain subject and subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage and all of Lender’s rights under the Mortgage and Tenant will not subordinate the Lease to any other lien against the Property without Lender’s prior consent.

 

2.             This Agreement constitutes notice to Tenant of the Mortgage and the Assignment and, upon receipt of notice from Lender, Tenant will pay the Rent as and when due under the Lease to Lender and the payments will be credited against the Rent due under the Lease.

 

3.             Tenant does not have and will not acquire any right or option to purchase any portion of or interest in the Property.

 

4.             Tenant and Lender agree that if Lender exercises its remedies under the Mortgage or the Assignment and if Tenant is not then in default under this Agreement and if Tenant is not then in default beyond any applicable grace and cure periods under the Lease:

 

(a)           Lender will not name Tenant as a party to any judicial or non–judicial foreclosure or other proceeding to enforce the Mortgage unless joinder is required under applicable law but in such case Lender will not seek affirmative relief against Tenant, the Lease will not be terminated and Tenant’s possession of the Leased Space will not be disturbed;

 

(b)           If Lender or any other entity (a “Successor Landlord”) acquires the Property through foreclosure, by other proceeding to enforce the Mortgage or by deed–in–lieu of foreclosure (a “Foreclosure”), Tenant’s possession of the Leased Space will not be disturbed and the Lease will continue in full force and effect between Successor Landlord and Tenant; and

 

(c)           If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lease is terminated as a result of a Foreclosure, a lease between Successor Landlord and Tenant will be deemed created, with no further

 

 

H-3



 

instrument required, on the same terms as the Lease except that the term of the replacement lease will be the then unexpired term of the Lease.  Successor Landlord and Tenant will execute a replacement lease at the request of either.

 

5.             Upon Foreclosure, Tenant will recognize and attorn to Successor Landlord as the landlord under the Lease for the balance of the term.  Tenant’s attornment will be self–operative with no further instrument required to effectuate the attornment except that at Successor Landlord’s request, Tenant will execute instruments reasonably satisfactory to Successor Landlord confirming the attornment.

 

6.             Successor Landlord will not be:

 

(a)           liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord under the Lease occurring before the date of the Foreclosure except for repair and maintenance obligations of a continuing nature imposed on the landlord under the Lease;

 

(b)           required to credit Tenant with any Rent paid more than one month in advance or for any security deposit unless such Rent or security deposit has been received by Successor Landlord;

 

(c)           bound by any amendment, renewal or extension of the Lease that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or is not in writing and signed both by Tenant and landlord;

 

(d)           bound by any reduction of the Rent unless the reduction is in connection with an extension or renewal of the Lease at prevailing market terms or was made with Lender’s prior consent;

 

(e)           bound by any reduction of the term(1) of the Lease or any termination, cancellation or surrender of the Lease unless the reduction, termination, cancellation or surrender occurred during the last 6 months of the term or was made with Lender’s prior consent;

 


    (1)       For purposes of this subparagraph “the term of the Lease” includes any renewal term after the right to renew has been exercised.

 

 

(f)            bound by any amendment, renewal or extension of the Lease entered into without Lender’s prior consent if the Leased Space represents 50% or more of the net rentable area of the building in which the Leased Space is located;

 

(g)           [Intentionally deleted];

 

(h)           subject to any credits, offsets, claims, counterclaims or defenses that Tenant may have that arose prior to the date of the Foreclosure or liable for any damages Tenant may suffer as a result of any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or any act of or failure to act by any party other than Successor Landlord;

 

(i)            bound by any obligation to make improvements to the Property, including the Leased Space, to make any payment or give any credit or allowance to Tenant provided for in the Lease or to pay any leasing commissions arising out of the Lease, except that Successor Landlord will be:

 

(i)              bound by any such obligations provided for in the Lender–approved form lease;

 

(ii)           bound by any such obligations if the overall economic terms of the Lease (including the economic terms of any renewal options) represented market terms for similar space in properties comparable to the Property when the Lease was executed; and

 

 

H-4



 

(iii)        bound to comply with the casualty and condemnation restoration provisions included in the Lease provided that Successor Landlord receives the insurance or condemnation proceeds;

 

or;

 

(j)            liable for obligations under the Lease with respect to any off–site property or facilities for the use of Tenant (such as off–site leased space or parking) unless Successor Landlord acquires in the Foreclosure the right, title or interest to the off–site property.

 

7.             Lender will have the right, but not the obligation, to cure any default by Borrower, as landlord, under the Lease.  Tenant will notify Lender of any default that would entitle Tenant to terminate the Lease or abate the Rent and any notice of termination of abatement will not be effective unless Tenant has so notified Lender of the default and Lender has had a 30–day cure period (or such longer period as may be necessary if the default is not susceptible to cure within 30 days) commencing on the latest to occur of the date on which (i) the cure period under the Lease expires; (ii) Lender receives the notice required by this paragraph; and (iii) Successor Landlord obtains possession of the Property if the default is not susceptible to cure without possession.

 

8.             All notices, requests or consents required or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service providing evidence of the date of delivery, with all charges prepaid, addressed to the appropriate party at the address set forth above.

 

9.             Any claim by Tenant against Successor Landlord under the Lease or this Agreement will be satisfied solely out of Successor Landlord’s interest in the Property and Tenant will not seek recovery against or out of any other assets of Successor Landlord.  Successor Landlord will have no liability or responsibility for any obligations under the Lease that arise subsequent to any transfer of the Property by Successor Landlord.

 

10.           This Agreement is governed by and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the state or commonwealth in which the Property is located.

 

11.           Lender and Tenant waive trial by jury in any proceeding brought by, or counterclaim asserted by, Lender or Tenant relating to this Agreement.

 

12.           If there is a conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail as between Successor Landlord and Tenant.

 

13.           This Agreement binds and inures to the benefit of Lender and Tenant and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, administrators, executors, agents and representatives.

 

14.           This Agreement contains the entire agreement between Lender and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, may be executed in counterparts that together constitute a single document and may be amended only by a writing signed by Lender and Tenant.

 

15.           Tenant certifies that:  the Lease represents the entire agreement between the Landlord under the Lease and Tenant regarding the Leased Space; the Lease is in full force and effect; neither party is in default under the Lease beyond any applicable grace and cure periods and no event has occurred which with the giving of notice or passage of time would constitute a default under the Lease; Tenant has entered into occupancy and is open and conducting business in the Leased Space; and all conditions to be performed to date by the Landlord under the Lease have been satisfied.

 

 

H-5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Tenant have executed and delivered this Agreement as                                           , 1998.

 

LENDER:

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, a New York corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

DISCOUNTSDIRECT, a

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

H-6



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF                                            )

                                                                :ss.

COUNTY OF                                         )

 

On this the             day of                                     199         , before me personally appeared                                                         who acknowledged himself to be the                                    of                                                           , a corporation, and that he, as such                                                                  being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained.

 

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

Residing at

 

My Commission Expires:

 

STATE OF                                            )

                                                                :ss.

COUNTY OF                                         )

 

On this the             day of                                     199         , before me personally appeared                                                         who acknowledged himself to be the                                    of                                                           , a corporation, and that he, as such                                                                  being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained.

 

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

Residing at

 

My Commission Expires:

 

 

 

 

H-7



 

EXHIBIT ”A”

 

The following described real property is located in Salt Lake County, Utah:

 

PARCEL 1 (“COTTONWOOD CORPORATE CENTER PARCEL 11”) :

 

Beginning at a point which is North 0°08’51” East along the Quarter Section line 908.56 feet, and North 89°04’36” East 740.83 feet, and North 55°02’48” East 206.85 feet from the West Quarter Corner of Section 23, Township 2 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian; and running thence North 34’5516” West 67.93 feet to a point on the South Right–of–Way line of 1–215 and a point on a 2076.90 foot radius curve to the left the chord of which bears North 62°36’26” East; thence Northeasterly along said South line and curve through a central angle of 5 °57’01” a distance of 215.69 feet; thence North 67°29’16” East along said South line 183.64 feet; thence South 31°38’10” East 111.32 feet; thence South 70°30’09” East 57.70 feet; thence South 34°39’50” East 284.29 feet; thence South 11°06’23” East 28.44 feet; thence South 42°36’15” East 63.15 feet; thence South 64°43’27” East 71.26 feet; thence South 32°54’51” West 100.16 feet to a point on a 210.00 foot radius curve to the left the chord of which bears South 88°59’48” West; thence Westerly along said curve through a central angle of 67°50’08” a distance of 248.63 feet; thence South 55°04’44” West 161.13 feet to a point of a 835.00 foot radius curve to the right the chord of which bears South 55°10’54” West; thence Southwesterly along said curve through a central angle of 0°12’21” a distance of 3.00 feet; thence North 34°55’16” West 499.58 feet to the point of beginning.  Contains 234,930 square feet or 5.3932 acres.

 

PARCEL 2 (“COMMON ROADWAY”) :

 

A perpetual, nonexclusive right–of–way and easement for vehicular and pedestrian ingress and egress, appurtenant to PARCEL 1, as established by a Declaration of Easements, Covenants and Restrictions recorded January 17, 1996, as Entry No. 6259074, in Book 7311, at page 821 of the official records of the Salt Lake County Recorder, as amended by a First Amendment to Declaration of Easements, Covenants and Restrictions, recorded July 3, 1996, as Entry No. 6398547, in Book 7437, at page 265 of the official records of the Salt Lake County Recorder, over the following described property:

 

BEGINNING at a point which is North 0°08’51” East along the Section line 447.50 feet and South 89°49’13 “ East 50.00 feet from the West Quarter Corner of Section 23, Township 2 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and running thence North 0’08’51” East 71.00 feet; thence South 89°49’13” East 669.22 feet; thence North 0°10’47” East 12.00 feet to a point of a 787.50 foot radius curve to the left, the chord of which bears North 72°37’45” East; thence Easterly along the arc of said curve and through a central angle of 35°06’03” a distance of 482.44 feet to a point of tangency; thence North 55°04’44” East 161.13 feet to a point of a 257.50 foot radius curve to the right, the chord of which bears South 81°12’57” East; thence Easterly along the arc of said curve and through a central angle of 87°24’39” a distance of 392.84 feet to a point of tangency; thence South 37°30’37” East 388.28 feet to a point of a 282.50 foot radius curve to the left, the chord of which bears South 57°30’40” East; thence Southeasterly along the arc of said curve and through a central angle of 40°00’07” a distance of 197.23 feet to a point of tangency; thence South 77°30’44” East 203.08 feet; thence South 35°38’28” East 52.78 feet to the West right–of–way line of 3000 East Street; thence South 12°27’22” West along said West line 71.77 feet; thence North 77°30’44” West 147.86 feet to a point of a 693.16 foot radius curve to the right, the chord of which bears North 71°09’19” West; thence Northwesterly along the arc of curve and through a central angle of 13°28’28” a distance of 163.01 feet to a point of a compound curve to the right, the radius point of which is North 22°43’23” East 377.50 feet; thence Northwesterly along the arc of said curve and through a central angle of 29°46’ a distance of 196.12 feet to a point of tangency; thence North 37°30’37” West 388.28 feet to a point of a 162.50 foot radius curve to the left, the chord of which bears North 81°12’57” West; thence Westerly along the arc of said curve and through a central angle of 87°24’39” a distance of 247.91 feet to a point of tangency; thence South 55°04’44” West 161.13 feet to a point of a 882.50 foot radius curve to the right, the chord of which bears South 72°37’45” West; thence Westerly along the arc of said curve and through a central angle of 35°06’03” a distance of 540.64 feet to a point of tangency; thence North 89°49’13” West 441.91 feet; thence North 0°10’47” East 12.00 feet; thence North 89°49’13” West 227.27 feet to the point of BEGINNING.

 

 

H-8



 

EXHIBIT I

 

LEASE GUARANTY

 

                THIS LEASE GUARANTY (the “Guaranty”) is made and given as of the                  day of                    , 19          , by                                                          (the “Guarantors”) in favor of 2855 E. Cottonwood Parkway, L.C. (the “Landlord”).

 

RECITALS :

 

A.            Landlord has on this date entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated                           , 19          (the “Lease”), with                                                  (the “Tenant”) covering certain office space located in an office building owned by Landlord, said office space being more particularly described in the Lease.

 

B.            Guarantor(s) are the                                              (president, vice–president, secretary, treasurer, shareholder, director, parent, subsidiary, related company, etc.) of the Tenant, and are financially interested in the business of Tenant to be conducted under the Lease.

 

C.            Landlord is willing to enter into the Lease only on the precondition that the Guarantor(s) make and give this Guaranty.

 

WITNESSETH :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and to induce Landlord to enter into the Lease, the Guarantor(s), for themselves and for their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, do hereby agree and covenant as follows:

 

24.           General Guaranty .  Guarantor hereby guarantees the full, prompt and complete payment by Tenant of each payment and other charge due under the Lease and the performance of every obligation of Tenant under the Lease (said payments and performances being collectively referred to as the “Obligations”).  If Tenant, or his heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, shall default at any time during the term of this Guaranty in the performance of the Obligations on Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of the Lease, Guarantor shall, on written demand of Landlord, perform such Obligations of Tenant strictly in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease.

 

25.           Term .  This Guaranty shall remain and continue in full force and effect for the duration of the term of the Lease and of every renewal or extension thereof.  Landlord may enforce the terms of this Guaranty after the expiration of the Lease or any extensions or renewals thereof with respect to any breach or default which occurred during the term of the Lease or any extensions or renewals thereof.  The above notwithstanding, this Guarantee may be withdrawn before the end of the Lease Term based upon terms mutually agreeable to both Landlord and Tenant.

 

26.           Exhaustion of Remedies .  Landlord and its successors and assigns may proceed to exercise any right or remedy which it or they may have under this Guaranty against Guarantor without pursuing or exhausting any rights or remedies which it or they might have against the Tenant under the Lease or with respect to any other security, guaranty, surety or indemnification agreement for performance of the Obligations.

 

27.           Acceptance of Lease Terms .  Guarantor hereby assents to and accepts all of the terms of the Lease and hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and also presentment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor of any and all of the Obligations, and promptness in commencing suit against any party thereto or liable thereon and/or in giving any notice to or making any claim or demand hereunder upon the Guarantor.  No action or omission of any kind on the part of Landlord or any successor or assign which does not amount to a breach or default by Landlord under the Lease shall in any event impair this Guaranty.

 

28.           Modifications .  Guarantor hereby consents and agrees that Landlord or its successors and assigns may at any time or from time to time in its discretion:  (a) extend or change the time of

 

 



 

performance of all or any of the Obligations; and (b) settle or compromise with Tenant any or all of the Obligations, all in such manner and upon such terms as Landlord and its successors and assigns may deem proper, and without notice to or further assent from Guarantor, it being hereby agreed that Guarantor shall be and remain bound by the Guaranty, notwithstanding any such change, settlement, compromise, sale, renewal or extension.

 

29.           Authority .  Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that:  (a) it has full power, right and authority to execute and deliver and to perform all obligations under this Guaranty; (b) this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms; and (c) there are no pending or threatened actions or proceedings before any court or administrative agency which may materially and adversely affect the financial condition or operations of any Guarantor, except as have been expressly disclosed to Landlord in writing.

 

30.           Notices .  All communications and notices to any Guarantor shall be in writing and mailed registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, telegraphed or delivered to such Guarantor or its successors and assigns, addressed to them or it at the address set forth below their or its name on the signature page hereof or at such other address as such party shall hereafter supply to the other parties in the manner herein provided for giving of notice.

 

31.           Miscellaneous Representations .  Guarantor hereby represents and agrees that this is a continuing Guaranty and (a) shall remain in full force and effect and be binding upon each Guarantor notwithstanding any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, termination, dissolution, appointment of a receiver, or insolvency of Tenant or any successor or assign of Tenant; (b) shall be binding upon each Guarantor, jointly and severally; (c) shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Landlord and its successors, personal representatives, assigns, etc.; (d) shall be deemed to have been made under and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah in all respects, including, without limitation, matters of construction, validity, performance and (e) shall not be waived, altered, modified or amended as to any of its terms or provisions, except in writing duly signed by Landlord or its successors and assigns.

 

32.           Severability .  Any provisions of this Guaranty which may be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provisions in any other jurisdiction.

 

33.           Indemnification .  Guarantor shall indemnify, pay and hold Landlord harmless from and against all costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in any enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Guaranty against Guarantor and its successors and assigns, whether incurred with or without suit, or before or after judgment.

 

34.           Governing Law .  The interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah.  Guarantor hereby expressly and irrevocably agrees that Landlord may bring any action or claim to enforce the provisions of this Lease in the State of Utah, County of Salt Lake, and the Guarantor irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction in the State of Utah for the purposes of any such action or claim.  Guarantor further irrevocably consents to service of process in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the State of Utah.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to preclude or prevent Landlord from bringing any action or claim to enforce the provisions of this Lease in any other appropriate place or forum.

 

DATED this  17 day of   Dec., 1998.

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rob Brazel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I-2


 




EXHIBIT 10.14

 

Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement

 

This Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of February 28, 2002 (“Effective Date”), by and between Overstock.com, Inc., a Utah corporation with offices at 6322 South, 3000 East, Suite 100, Salt Lake City, Utah 84121, its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns (“ Company ”) and Douglas Greene, an individual (“ Developer ”).

 

WHEREAS, prior to becoming an employee of Company and during his employment at Company, Developer created the items set out in Schedule A to this Agreement (“ Technology ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Company and Developer entered into a License Agreement dated as of February 5, 1999 in which Developer granted Company a license to the Technology (the “ Prior Agreement ”)

 

WHEREAS, Company and Developer agree to enter into this Agreement in which Developer assigns to Company all of his right, title and interest in the Technology; and

 

WHEREAS, both Company and Developer intend for this Agreement to supersede all previous oral and written agreements, communications and understandings between them regarding the Technology, including, but not limited to the Prior Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, in consideration for Developer’s agreement to assign the Technology to the Company and to terminate the Prior Agreement, the Company agrees to pay Developer $500;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and premises herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.     Assignment.   Developer hereby irrevocably assigns to the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Technology, including but not limited to the following: (i) all precursors, portions and works in progress with respect thereto and all technology, works of authorship, information, know-how, processes, methods and/or techniques conceived of or incorporated into the Technology; (ii) materials and tools relating to the Technology or to the development, support or maintenance of the Technology; (iii) all copyrights, patents, trade secrets, trademarks and all other intellectual property rights related to or embodied in the Technology and (iv) all right to bring an action for past, present or future infringements of the Technology by a third party.

2.     Termination of Prior Agreement.  Company and Developer hereby agree that the Prior Agreement is terminated in its entirety as of the date of this Agreement.

3.     Consideration.  Company agrees to pay Developer $500 on the date of this Agreement and such payment shall be the only consideration required of the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 



 

4.     Further Assurances.  Developer agrees to assist the Company in every way to evidence, record and perfect the Assignment of the Technology set out in Section 1 of this Agreement and to apply for and obtain patents, copyrights and other statutory or common law protections for the Technology in any country and to enforce, maintain or defend such rights as necessary.  Specifically, Developer will execute all documents the Company may require in applying for and in obtaining such patents, copyrights and other statutory or common law protections.  If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever to secure the Developer’s signature to any document it is entitled to under this Section 3, Developer hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents, as his agents and attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution to act for and on his behalf and instead of Developer, to execute and file any such document or documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Developer.

 

5.     Warranties.  Developer represents and warrants to the Company (i) that he has the right to enter into this Agreement; (ii) that he alone owns all right, title and interest to the Technology; (iii) that the Technology was developed and created only by him; (iv) that he has not assigned, transferred, licensed, pledged or otherwise encumbered the Technology or agreed to do so; and (v) that the Technology does not violate, infringe or misappropriate any third party’s rights.

 

6.     Governing Law.  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Utah.

7.     Miscellaneous .  Both parties agree that this Agreement is the complete and exclusive statement of the mutual understanding of the parties and supersedes and cancels all previous written and oral agreements and communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed below to indicate their acceptance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

DEVELOPER

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

/s/  Douglas Greene

 

Overstock.com, Inc.

Douglas Greene

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Lindsey

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jason Lindsey

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

2



 

 

 

 

Schedule A


Technology

 

 

Application Server Technology (AST).

Multi-platform internet software development facility and supporting middle level software, including, without limitation, the following components: AST Development Module, AST Enablement Module.  AST enables software developers to easily create web-enabled applications which can be hosted across numerous hardware platforms, including Windows 2000, Windows NT, Linux, Unix, IBM AS400 and IBM MVS.  AST supports development in C and C++.

 

 

3





Exhibit 10.15

 

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [*]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Strategic Alliance and Product Sales Agreement

                This Strategic Alliance and Product Sales Agreement, including the Exhibits and/or amendments (if any) attached hereto (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Overstock.com, Inc. , a Utah Corporation located at 6322 South, 3000 East, Suite 100, Salt Lake City, UT 84121 ( “Overstock” ) and Safeway Inc. , a Delaware Corporation with principal headquarters located at 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California 94588 ( “Safeway” ). The Agreement shall be effective as of February 26, 2002 (the “Effective Date” ).

Background

                WHEREAS, Overstock is an Internet retailer of name-brand surplus and close-out merchandise and specializes in selling first-quality merchandise at deep discounts across a broad range of categories;

                WHEREAS,  Safeway is one of the largest food and drug retailers in North America and owns or operates stores throughout North America;

                WHEREAS, Overstock and Safeway desire to enter into this Agreement according to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

                NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:

1.     DEFINITIONS

1.1.          “Applicable Laws” means state, federal and local laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, administrative rulings, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, orders, and directives of any jurisdiction applicable to the Parties or the Agreement together with any interpretations of any governmental entity or agency with jurisdiction over the Agreement or the Parties.

1.2.          “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or holiday on which financial institutions are authorized or obligated to close in New York, New York, U.S.A.

1.3.          “Confidential Information” is defined in Section 8.1.

1.4.          “Content” means interviews, concepts, data, images, programming, computer code, photographs, illustrations, graphics, audio clips, video clips, text, or other materials generated in any form or media.



 

1.5.          “Custom Content” shall mean Intellectual Property (including Content) made, conceived, or developed by Overstock after the Effective Date specifically on behalf of Safeway in creating the Web Site.  Custom Content does not include any Overstock Content, Overstock Intellectual Property created or otherwise owned or in the possession of Overstock prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, as well as other Overstock Intellectual Property developed by or on behalf of Overstock outside the scope of this Agreement, or Third Party Content.

1.6.          “Customer Information” is defined in Section 3.9.2.

1.7.          “Customer Service Standards” is defined in Section 3.8.3.

1.8.          “Domain Name” shall mean the domain name specified for the Web Site in accordance with Section 3.3.

1.9.          “Intellectual Property” means all inventions (whether or not prosecutable under patent laws), works of authorship, information fixed in any tangible medium of expression (whether or not protectable under copyright laws), moral rights, mask works, trademarks, trade names, trade dress, trade secrets, publicity rights, know-how, ideas (whether or not protectable under trade secret laws), and all other subject matter protectable under patent, copyright, moral right, mask work, trademark, trade secret, or other laws, including without limitation all new or useful art, combinations, discoveries, formulae, manufacturing techniques, technical developments, artwork, software, programming, applets, scripts, designs, service marks, logos, tags lines, and other corporate branding/identity.

1.10.        “Look and Feel” means the graphics, design, organization, presentation, layout, user interface, navigation and stylistic convention (including the digital implementations thereof) of a particular piece of media.

1.11.        “Overstock Content” shall mean: (i) Intellectual Property (including Content and the Overstock Site) made, conceived, or developed by Overstock prior to the Effective Date and contained in, comprising, or otherwise necessary to produce, display and/or maintain the Web Site; and (ii) Intellectual Property made, conceived or developed by or on behalf of Overstock independent of this Agreement. Overstock Content does not include Safeway Content, Third Party Content, or Custom Content.

1.12.        “Overstock Site” means the Web sites or collection of Internet pages residing on Servers owned or controlled by Overstock or its affiliated, subsidiary or related companies and currently accessible by the public via the Internet at the URL http://www.overstock.com.

1.13.        “Party” means either Safeway or Overstock; “Parties” means Safeway and Overstock.

1.14.        “Privacy Policy” means the privacy policy set forth in Exhibit A .

1.15.        “Product” means those products ordered by Safeway under this Agreement for in-store sales and those products offered for sale on the Web Site.

2



 

1.16.        “Product List” means a list of those Products (including available quantities and Purchase Price) that are available for purchase by Safeway from Overstock’s vendors, suppliers and other providers.

1.17.        “Project Manager” is defined in Section 10.1

1.18.        “Purchase Price” is defined in Section 2.2.3.

1.19.        “Safeway Content” shall mean Intellectual Property (including Content) made, conceived, or developed by Safeway and contained in, comprising, or otherwise necessary to display and/or maintain the Web Site. Safeway Content does not include Overstock Content or Third Party Content.

1.20.        “Safeway Site” means the Web sites or collection of Internet pages residing on Servers owned or controlled by Safeway or its affiliated, subsidiary or related companies and currently accessible by the public via the Internet at the URL http://www.safeway.com or other URLs owned or controlled by any Safeway Store.

1.21.        “Safeway Stores” means Safeway, Safeway Food and Drugs, Carr’s, Dominick’s, Eagle, Genuardi’s, Pak’n Save Foods, Pavilions, Randalls, Simon David, Tom Thumb, Vons, and other stores owned and/or operated by Safeway or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date.

1.22.        “Server” means computers or other data processing devices that host, store, or deliver content over the Internet or such other communications network or networks as are capable of interactive communications with the Web Site, Safeway Site and Overstock Site, utilizing such communications protocols and technology as exist now or may in the future become available.

1.23.        “Term” is defined in Section 9.1.

1.24.        “Third Party Content” means Intellectual Property (including Content) licensed, made, conceived, or developed by a third party used by Overstock and contained in, comprising, or otherwise necessary to display and/or maintain the Web Site.

1.25.        “Web Site” means the co-branded Web site or collection of Internet pages developed by Overstock and Safeway in connection with this Agreement and residing within the Overstock Site and currently accessible by the public via the Internet at the URL http://www.safewayexclusives.com .

1.26.        “Web Site Service Standards” is defined in Section 3.1.

2.     SALES AND PURCHASES OF PRODUCTS FOR IN-STORE SALES.

2.1.          Joint Commitments.

2.1.1.       Each Party recognizes that the other Party generally purchases products

 

3



 

from a wide variety of respective vendors, liquidators, and suppliers. Periodically during the term of this Agreement, the Parties  may provide one another with non-confidential, general information regarding the identity and status of  relevant suppliers and vendors for purposes of complying with the exclusivity obligations set forth herein.

2.1.2.       During the Term and subject to this Section 2.1, Safeway agrees to use reasonable good faith efforts to abstain from purchasing any Products or other substantially similar products as are contemplated hereunder from any of Overstock’s respective vendors or suppliers with whom Safeway does not have a pre-existing relationship as of the Effective Date. Subject to Safeway’s obligations under this Section 2.1, Safeway shall not be prohibited or restricted from purchasing any goods from any liquidator or similar person or entity.

2.1.3.       In addition, during the Term and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, Safeway shall purchase from Overstock no less than [*] of all products made available by Safeway in connection with Safeway’s “Safeway Exclusives” program. If Safeway fails, for a period of [*] during the Term, to sell Products [*], Overstock shall have the right, [*], to terminate this Agreement upon [*] notice to Safeway .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Safeway’s obligation under this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned on Overstock’s ability to timely deliver to Safeway Products [*] which Safeway could purchase from third parties. In the event Overstock fails to meet its obligations under this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to appropriately adjust downward Safeway’s obligations under this Section 2.1.2.

2.1.4.       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein but without affecting Safeway’s purchase obligations in Section 2.1.3, Overstock acknowledges that Safeway currently maintains, and shall be allowed to maintain unaffected by this Agreement, an existing contractual relationship with [*] for online sales of related products.

2.1.5.       Overstock agrees that, during the Term, it shall not sell goods which are the same or similar to the Products to any store [*]. In addition to the foregoing, Overstock agrees that, during the Term, it shall not, directly or through an affiliate, enter into any business relationship of any type (including without limitation, on-line sales, in-store sales, or consulting) with any entity selling groceries or drugs that has more than [*] retail stores.

2.1.6.       Non-Solicitation .  Each of the Parties agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a [*] period thereafter, it shall not, except with the prior written consent of the other, solicit the employment or engagement of any employee of the other Party; provided that nothing shall prohibit either Party from employing an employee of the other who initiated discussions regarding employment, or who responded to a generally publicized advertisement for employment. In the event of a breach of this Section 2.16, the breaching Party shall pay to the non-breaching Party, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to [*]. Payments to be made under this Section 2.1.6 shall be made within fifteen (15) days of the non-breaching Party’s demand.

2.2.          Product Offering; Prices and Payment.

2.2.1.       To the extent possible, Overstock shall periodically provide Safeway with

 

4



 

written Product Lists and shall provide the Safeway Project Manager with frequent updates (as such become available) to the Product List to reflect changes in the Product mix, quantity, Purchase Price and other information.

2.2.2.       In order to assist Safeway  in determining whether to purchase Product and to the extent possible, Overstock shall , within [*] after a request from the Safeway Project Manager, use reasonable efforts to deliver a representative sample (contained in representative packaging) of the requested Product to the Safeway Project Manager, [*].

2.2.3.       Safeway’s initial purchase price for each Product shall be equal to Overstock’s actual, documented cost for the Product plus [*] ( “Purchase Price” ), subject to adjustment as provided herein. If Safeway specifically requests special sorting or repackaging services from Overstock, Safeway shall reimburse Overstock at a mutually agreed upon fee.

2.2.4.       Overstock shall invoice Safeway for all Product in a form and manner mutually agreed by the Parties.  Safeway shall pay all amounts (unless Safeway disputes such invoice amounts in good faith) within the later of [*] after receipt of Overstock’s invoice or Safeway’s first receipt of Product at the Delivery Point.  Safeway may contest, in good faith, all or any portion of an invoice by providing Overstock with written notice of such contest (the “Contest Notice” ).  The Contest Notice will include the reason for such contest and the amount that the Safeway believes is properly due.  Overstock shall investigate the matter and provide a written response to Safeway.  If the Parties disagree, the dispute shall be submitted to the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Section 10.10 and 10.11 below. Safeway’s payment obligations and Overstock’s Product delivery obligations hereunder shall be suspended while any good-faith payment dispute is outstanding.

2.3.          Orders.

2.3.1.       Safeway’s purchase orders (“Purchase Order(s)”) for Products shall be submitted to Overstock in writing or via email within [*] from the anticipated arrival date of Products. Overstock shall provide Safeway with reasonable notice if Overstock has reason to believe that its suppliers or vendors will not have a certain Product available for shipment to Safeway. In addition, Overstock shall provide Safeway with as much notice as possible if it anticipates or has reason to believe that Overstock’s supply of a Product will not be sufficient to meet Safeway’s requirements. The Parties understand that because Overstock’s inventory of Products is dependent on the availability of Products from Overstock’s respective vendors, suppliers, and/or other providers, Overstock cannot make any specific representations regarding or otherwise guaranteeing the availability of the types or quantities of Products which may or may not be available for purchase by Safeway. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Parties agree that at such time as Overstock accepts Safeway’s Purchase Order in accordance with Section 2.3.4 below, Overstock shall be obligated to timely and accurately fill such Purchase Order.

2.3.2.       All purchases and sales between Overstock and Safeway will be initiated by Safeway’s issuance of written Purchase Orders or Purchase Orders auto-faxed directly to Overstock from Safeway. Each Purchase Order shall include: (i) identification of  Products ordered; (ii) quantity to be purchased; (iii) Purchase Price of Products ordered; (iv)  requested

 

5



 

delivery dates; (v) shipping instructions; and (vi) purchase order number(s).  Nothing contained in any purchase order will modify any material terms or conditions of this Agreement, and in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any purchase order, this Agreement shall govern.

2.3.3.       During the Term, Overstock shall provide Safeway with [*] on all Product orders. To that end, Overstock shall use commercially reasonable efforts to timely and accurately fulfill all Safeway orders in accordance with Safeway’s [*], regardless of [*] that may otherwise apply to any Product.

2.3.4.       Overstock shall notify Safeway of the acceptance or rejection of a Purchase Order within [*] of receipt; provided that, in the event that  Overstock does not respond to any Purchase Order within such [*], Overstock shall be deemed to have accepted the order as written.

2.3.5.       Safeway may redirect delivery of Products prior to shipment at no additional charge other than any additional freight charges actually incurred by Overstock . Furthermore, Safeway may, [*], cancel or reschedule delivery of Products if Overstock has not yet placed a binding order for such Products on Safeway’s behalf or Overstock is not legally bound to purchase such Products.  If Overstock has placed a binding order for such Products on Safeway’s behalf or Overstock is legally bound to purchase such Products and Safeway cancels an order, Safeway shall reimburse Overstock an amount equal to [*].  Overstock shall use best commercially reasonable efforts to return or resell such Products on behalf of Safeway at [*].

2.3.6.       Overstock (at Safeway’s expense) shall provide information which is required for Safeway to obtain any export or import licenses required for Safeway to ship or receive Products, including, but not limited to, certificates of origin, (NAFTA, etc.), manufacturer’s affidavits, Buy America qualification, and U.S. Federal Communications Commissions identifier, if applicable.

2.4.          Packaging and Shipping.

2.4.1.       Unless otherwise specified by Safeway, Overstock and/or its respective vendors, suppliers or other providers will mark, package and deliver all goods in a manner which is in accordance with industry standard practices.  Overstock shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate any special packaging requests made by Safeway, and Safeway shall bear any additional expenses relating thereto.

2.4.2.       Shipment will be F.O.B. Safeway’s distribution center ( “Delivery Point” ), at which time risk of loss and title pass to Safeway.  All freight charges from either Overstock or the third party supplier to the Delivery Point, will be borne by Safeway.  Unless provided in this Agreement, [*].

2.4.3.       Upon reaching agreement on the prices associated with Product rush orders, Overstock shall use its reasonable efforts to meet Safeway’s requirements for reasonable rush orders for Products requiring immediate delivery.  The Parties will negotiate in good faith the prices for such rush orders, taking into consideration Overstock’s available inventory and

 

6



 

additional shipping and personnel expense necessary.

2.4.4.       If Overstock fails to timely and accurately fill any Safeway Purchase Order that has been accepted by Overstock, Safeway may, in its sole discretion, either (i) accept the deficient order and Overstock shall credit Safeway promptly for such deficiency, or (ii) terminate the order and return any materially deficient order Products at Overstock’s expense.

2.5.          Inspection and Acceptance.

2.5.1.       Safeway will inspect all Products for obvious physical damage within [*] of receipt thereof. Safeway may reject any Product that appears defective by notifying Overstock in writing or by facsimile of its rejection within such [*] inspection period and requesting a Returned Material Authorization ( “RMA” ) number.  Overstock will provide the RMA number in writing or by facsimile to Safeway within [*] of receipt of the request. If Safeway observes Product discrepancies that are the result of shipping or Product carrier and/or transport circumstances, Safeway shall make note of such Product shipping discrepancies on the applicable bill of lading.  Within [*] of receipt of the RMA number, Safeway will return to Overstock the rejected Product with the RMA number displayed on the rejected Product. Products not rejected by Safeway within [*] of Safeway’s inspection thereof shall be deemed accepted by Safeway.

2.5.2.       Unless it is determined that Safeway, its agents or affiliates are responsible for the defect or discrepancy apparent in a returned Product, Overstock shall reimburse Safeway for the cost of the defective returned item together with return shipping and related charges from Safeway’s Standard Product Recovery Center (PRC) to Overstock or its designee within [*] after receiving the rejected Product from Safeway.

2.6.          Inventory Balancing.

2.6.1.       Safeway may return to Overstock and have liquidated any or all unsold Product (“Unsold Product” ) at Safeway’s sole discretion in accordance with this Section 2.6; provided that such request is made within [*] of Safeway’s original receipt of such Unsold Products.

2.6.2.       In the event Safeway desires to return or have liquidated any Unsold Product, Safeway shall notify Overstock, and Overstock shall use its [*] efforts to promptly identify, through use of its in-house business to business reseller personnel or otherwise, willing, ready and able buyers for the Unsold Products. Overstock shall use [*] to liquidate Unsold Products on behalf of Safeway at the [*].

2.6.3.       At such time as Overstock identifies a buyer or buyers of all or part of the Unsold Product, Overstock shall provide Safeway with written or email notice of the price to be paid for, and quantity to be purchased of, the Unsold Product by such buyer(s).  Safeway shall then have the right to either (i) sell the Unsold Product directly to the buyer(s), (ii) return the Unsold Product to Overstock for processing prior to the sale thereof to the buyer(s) (in which case Overstock shall provide Safeway with a written “not-to-exceed” estimate of its handling costs, which shall not include the cost of  return shipping back to Overstock, which shall be

 

7



 

borne by Overstock (but only to the extent that and insofar as such Overstock borne Unsold Product costs do not prevent Overstock from receiving at least  [*] for Products provided Safeway hereunder, as set forth in Section 2.7 below), or (iii) keep the Unsold Product.  If Safeway chooses option (ii) above, Safeway shall use [*] efforts to itemize, sort, and organize all Unsold Products returned for processing to Overstock.

2.6.4.       Safeway shall include an Unsold Product Inventory Report (containing a description of Unsold Products and quantities) with all Unsold Product shipments returned back to Overstock. Such Unsold Product Inventory Reports shall correspond to and adequately reflect Safeway’s pre-return Product itemization, sorting and organization obligations hereunder. Upon Overstock’s receipt of Unsold Product, Overstock will, [*], reconcile Unsold Products actually received with Unsold Products documented on Safeway’s Unsold Product Inventory Report accompanying such return shipment. The Parties agree that Safeway shall have no financial responsibility to Overstock for Unsold Products that are returned to Overstock on account of “shrinkage”, stolen, or missing Unsold Product, unless such damage or loss was caused by Safeway or its agents.

2.6.5.       Upon liquidation of Unsold Product as set forth herein, Safeway shall be entitled to receive (either directly from the buyer(s) or from Overstock) the aggregate amount realized from the sale of the Unsold Products. Overstock shall share in any decreased return on Unsold Product, but  only to the extent provided in Section 2.7 below.

2.6.6.       The Parties agree that Overstock shall have no financial responsibility to Safeway for Unsold Products that are returned to Overstock in damaged or non-resalable form, or on account of “shrinkage”, stolen, or missing Product, unless such damage or loss was caused by Overstock or its agents.

2.7.          Reconciliation. The Parties shall, on a [*] basis, determine the aggregate Purchase Price paid by Safeway for Unsold Products and the amount actually received by Safeway for the sale of Unsold Products under Section 2.6 above (“Realized Amount”). In the event the Realized Amount is less than the aggregate Purchase Price for the applicable Unsold Products, subject to the next sentence, Overstock shall remit back to Safeway (or credit to Safeway, at Safeway’s discretion), the difference between the  Realized Amount and the aggregate Purchase Price for the applicable Unsold Products.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties expressly agree that in no event shall Overstock be obligated to remit to Safeway any amount which would, in the aggregate for such [*], cause Overstock to realize proceeds of less than Overstock’s actual, documented cost for such Products plus [*]. See Exhibit B attached hereto as an illustration of the foregoing.

2.8.          Sell-Off.   Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Safeway shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to sell-off all Products in its inventory.

3.     WEB SITE OPERATIONS AND SALES.

3.1.          Hosting and Maintenance of the Web Site. Overstock will be solely responsible for hosting, maintaining, securing, and operating the Web Site in accordance with the standards set forth herein, including the technical requirements and service standards set forth in Exhibit C

 

8



 

(the Web Site Service Standards” ).

3.2.          Future Developments.   Overstock will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide mutually agreed upon modifications or enhancements to the Website that are requested by Safeway.  Any Safeway-initiated modifications, additions, improvements and/or enhancements shall be performed at a mutually agreeable rate, which in no event shall exceed Overstock’s then current consulting and development rates.

3.3.          Domain Name.

3.3.1.       Overstock shall obtain [*] during the Term, on Safeway’s behalf, at Safeway’s expense for registration fees and similar out-of-pocket expenses, and in Safeway’s name, an Internet Protocol address and corresponding domain name(s) as instructed by Safeway from time to time ( singularly or collectively, “Domain Name”), and do [*] to establish [*] the Internet Protocol address and Domain Name of the Web Site. The initial Domain Name shall be www.safewayexclusives.com .

3.3.2.       Safeway (at its own expense for registration fees and similar out-of-pocket expenses) may add to or change the Domain Name at any time by providing Overstock with written notice and Overstock shall make any additions or changes necessary (including without limitation, additional filings with registration entities or additional or modified links to or from the Web Site) within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice.  All right, title and interest in the Domain Name shall vest immediately and exclusively in Safeway. Overstock shall list the Administrative Contact and Billing Contact as follows:

 

Administrative Contact, Technical Contact:

        sande, bob  (BSW504)  bob.sande@SAFEWAY.COM

        Safeway, Inc.

        2800 Ygnacio Valley Rd

        Walnut Creek, Ca  94596

        925-944-4560

 

Billing Contact:

        Harry, Little  (LHK551)  harry.little@SAFEWAY.COM

        Safeway IT

        2800 Ygnacio Valley Rd.

        Walnut Creek, CA  94598

        925-944-4570

3.4.          Hidden Text.  Without prior written permission from Safeway, Overstock shall not include any hidden, microscopic, or invisible text, commands, code, programming, meta tags, or other similar material in the Web Site.

3.5.          Branding; Advertisements.

3.5.1.       The Parties shall mutually agree upon any third party advertisement, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright or other Content on the Web Site. If Safeway

 

9



 

consents to any third party advertisement on the Web Site, [*] of any and all revenues invoiced to such third parties. Without limiting the foregoing, neither Party shall enter into any agreement with any third party that imposes any obligations upon the other Party, without the other’s prior written consent.

3.5.2.       The page header of the Web Site shall be reserved for the exclusive use of Safeway branding and logos. During Term, and subject to Safeway’s consent as to placement, size and frequency, Overstock may place on the Web Site text and/or graphics stating “Powered by Overstock” or a similar attribution reasonably acceptable to Safeway.

3.6.          Navigation.

3.6.1.       The Web Site will be accessible to users via the Internet with the aid of any standard Web browser. Overstock shall create [*]: (i) a hyperlink from the Safeway Site, and any other Safeway Stores web site(s) requested by Safeway, to the Web Site, and (ii) corresponding hyperlinks from the Web Site back to the Safeway Site.  The type and placement of the hyperlinks shall be as agreed to by the Parties.

3.6.2.       Overstock shall provide an interstitial page for users that click the hyperlink from the Safeway Site to the Web Site informing such users that it is leaving the Safeway Site.  Except as provided in this Section, Overstock shall not, in conjunction with the Web Site, use any interstitials, pop-up windows, other intermediate steps or any other technology or content which acts as a barrier to the transition of a user from the Safeway Site to the Web Site or any transition between pages within the Web Site, nor shall Overstock otherwise frame the pages within the Web Site or use any other technology which interferes with or affects the page layout of such pages.

3.6.3.       Overstock agrees not to override browser back button functionality for any purpose, including, without limitation, to prevent users who link to the Web Site from the Safeway Site from returning to the Safeway Site.

3.7.          Infrastructure Requirements.

3.7.1.       During the Term, Overstock shall, [*], provide all necessary servers, communication lines, connectivity and related hardware, software, equipment, physical facilities, and technology to host and operate the Web Site. In the event Safeway requests that Overstock utilizes any custom hardware, software or equipment solely for Safeway, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith regarding an equitable cost sharing arrangement therefore.

3.7.2.       Overstock shall configure and operate the Web Site upon a  secure computer hardware server with a direct Internet connection of at least T-1 bandwidth. Overstock shall locate the Web Site at Overstock’s premises or at a locked and secured location at a third party’s premises, provided no third party will have access to the Web Site, Customer Information or any Confidential Information of Safeway.

3.8.          Sale of Products On the Web Site.

10



 

3.8.1.       The Web Site shall promote and sell only those Products mutually agreed by the Parties. In no event shall Overstock knowingly include on the Web Site any Content or offer any Products which (i) infringe upon the copyright, literary, privacy, publicity, trademark, service mark or any other personal or property right of any person; (ii) constitute libel or defamation of any person or entity; (iii) constitute unfair competition or false advertising, (iv) contain content that is obscene, child pornographic or harmful to minors; or (iv) violate any Applicable Laws. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate Safeway to include Products on the Web Site that would violate the terms of any agreement binding on Safeway as of the Effective Date.

3.8.2.       In the event that a Web Site user desires to purchase a Product on or through the Web Site and such Product is no longer available to Overstock, Overstock agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such customer (at the customer’s sole discretion) with a reasonable alternative to the unavailable Product.

3.8.3.           Overstock shall provide customer service and support in accordance with the standards specified in Exhibit D (the Customer Service Standards” ).  Without limiting the foregoing, Overstock (or, if applicable, the respective Product manufacturer) agrees to provide all customer service and support for the Products sold to customers from the Web Site with [*] industry standard responsiveness and satisfaction.

3.8.4.           Order Processing.   Overstock will be solely responsible for order processing, order fulfillment, payment processing, shipment, cancellations, complaints, returns and other forms of customer service. All such obligations shall be performed in accordance with the Customer Service Standards, or if not addressed thereon, in accordance with highest industry standards.

3.9.          Privacy Policy; Customer Information.

3.9.1.       Overstock represents, covenants, and agrees that it shall comply with all  terms and conditions of the Privacy Policy, as may be amended from time to time upon the mutual agreement of the Parties. In the event the Parties are unable to agree upon any such modification, but Overstock implements such modification without the approval of Safeway, Safeway shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this Agreement without penalty or cost upon not less than [*] prior written notice to Overstock.

3.9.2.       Without limiting any other warranty or obligation of Overstock under this Agreement, during the Term [*], Overstock will not gather, store, use, disclose, distribute, sell, share, rent or otherwise transfer any personally identifiable information obtained from users of the Web Site, including name, address, phone numbers, credit card numbers, or Products requested (the Customer Information” ) in any manner, except as expressly provided in this Agreement or as Overstock may be expressly directed in advance in writing by Safeway.

3.9.3.       Overstock represents, covenants, and agrees that it will use Customer Information only in compliance with: (i) this Agreement; (ii) the Privacy Policy; and (iii) all Applicable Laws (including applicable laws, policies and regulations related to spamming, privacy, and consumer protection). Overstock further agrees that Overstock will use all

 

11



 

commercially reasonable and appropriate security, such as, for example, encryption and passwords, to protect Customer Information from unauthorized disclosure (internally or externally) and that the use of such security does not give rise to any privacy rights in the communication as between Overstock and Safeway.

3.10.        Changes.

3.10.1.     Overstock shall not make any change to the Look and Feel of the Web Site or Content contained thereon without Safeway’s prior written consent.  The Parties do acknowledge, however, that Overstock may, without Safeway’s consent, but with notice to Safeway, make modifications to the Web Site other than to Look and Feel if such modifications are being made throughout the Overstock Site.

3.10.2.     Overstock will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide mutually agreed upon modifications or enhancements to the Web Site during the Term that are requested by Safeway. Any Safeway-initiated modifications, additions, improvements and/or enhancements shall be performed at a mutually agreeable rate, which in no event shall exceed Overstock’s then current consulting and development rates.

3.11.        Terms and Conditions.  The Web Site shall include Terms and Conditions for use, mutually agreed to by the Parties, created in such a way as to cause each user to view ( i.e., at a minimum, to be forced to scroll through or past) and acknowledge ( e.g., by an acknowledgement button following the text) the same.

3.12.        Revenue Sharing for Web Site Sales .

3.12.1.     Within [*] of the end of each calendar month during the term, Overstock shall pay to Safeway an amount equal to the greater of (i) [*] of gross sales, or (ii) [*] of net profits for the month just ended. For purposes of this Section, “gross sales” means the gross price invoiced for all Products sold less only coupon discounts and promotional deductions agreed to by Safeway; “net profits” means the gross price invoiced for all Products sold less the actual cost of the Product(s) as documented by Overstock, taxes, out-bound shipping charges, and reasonable reserve for returns.  At the end of each calendar quarter during the Term, Overstock shall reconcile the return reserve used in the calculation of net profits with actual returns received during such period. Following such reconciliation, the applicable Party shall pay the other Party the amount necessary to correct any overpayment or underpayment (as applicable) resulting from the variance between the return reserve and actual reserves.  If any reconciliation shows an overstatement in the return reserve of more than [*], Overstock shall pay Safeway the correction amount described in the previous sentence [*]; provided that [*] shall not be Safeway’s exclusive remedy for an overstated return reserve and payment of such amount shall not limit or otherwise affect any other rights or remedies that Safeway may have under this Agreement or Applicable Law.

3.12.2.     Overstock shall provide the following reports to Safeway in the form and manner reasonably  requested by Safeway:  (a) daily usage reports describing the number of page impressions, number of users and such other information as reasonably requested by Safeway from time to time;  (b) detailed weekly logging of content access, and product movement, and (c)

 

12



 

a detailed accounting of all revenues, costs and expenses involved in the calculation of the amount payable under Section  3.12.1 (showing both the “gross sales” and “net profit” calculations).  Without limiting the foregoing, upon Safeway’s request, Overstock shall promptly provide Safeway with invoices and other documentation supporting the report described in clause (c).

3.13.        Joint Promotional Activities for the Web Site.    Subject to Section 4.5 below, the Parties will cooperate to promote the Web Site in ways to be mutually agreed upon.

4.     OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

4.1.          Ownership By Safeway.

4.1.1.       Safeway Content.  Safeway is the sole and exclusive owner of the Safeway Content and all Intellectual Property relating thereto.  Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Safeway grants to Overstock, during the Term, a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable, royalty free  license to access, operate, display and use the Safeway Content solely on the Web Site. Overstock acknowledges and agrees that it (i) may only use the Safeway Content in the form provided by Safeway, (ii) may use the Safeway Content solely in connection with this Agreement, and  (iii) shall not alter, edit, or make any change to the Safeway Content without Safeway’s prior written approval.  Safeway shall deliver the Safeway Content to Overstock in an electronic file format (e.g., .pdf, .txt, .gif, .jpg) or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, the licenses granted in this Section 4.1 shall immediately revert to Safeway, and Overstock shall, at Safeway’s instructions, immediately either deliver to Safeway or destroy and erase all original and copies, summaries, abstractions and other iterations (regardless of form) of the Safeway Content.

4.1.2.       Custom Content. Overstock acknowledges and agrees that its creation and authorship of Custom Content constitutes a “work made for hire,” as that term is defined in Title 17 of the United States Code (the “Copyright Act”),  and that Safeway is, and shall be deemed to be, the sole author and owner of the Custom Content including Intellectual Property therein.  With respect to all Custom Content that is not covered by the definition of a “work made for hire” under the Copyright Act, such that Overstock would be regarded as the copyright author and owner, Overstock hereby assigns and agrees to assign to Safeway (at Safeway’s expense for registration fees and similar out-of-pocket expenses), and Safeway accepts and agrees to accept, Overstock’s entire right, title, and interest in and to such works, including all copyrights therein, for all media now known or later developed.  Overstock further agrees to execute, or cause to be executed by its employees, agents, or subcontractors, whatever assignments of copyright and ancillary and confirmatory documents that may be required or appropriate so that title to any Custom Content and to the copyright therein shall be clearly and exclusively held by Safeway or any nominee thereof.

4.1.3.       Domain Name.   Safeway shall own all right, title and interest in and to the Domain Name and all Intellectual Property related thereto.

4.2.          Overstock Content. Overstock is the sole and exclusive owner of the Overstock

 

13



 

Content and all Intellectual Property relating thereto.  Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Overstock grants to Safeway, during the Term, a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable license to access, reproduce, display and use the Overstock Content for use in the promotions set forth herein. Safeway acknowledges and agrees that it (i) may only use the Overstock Content in the form provided by Overstock, (ii) may use the Overstock Content solely in connection with this Agreement, and  (iii) shall not alter, edit, or make any change to the Overstock Content without Overstock’s prior written approval. Overstock shall deliver the Overstock Content to Overstock in an electronic file format (e.g., .pdf, .txt, .gif, .jpg) or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement and subject to Safeway’s right to sell-off inventory of Products, the licenses granted in this Section 4.2 shall revert to Overstock, and Safeway shall, at Overstock’s instructions, immediately either deliver to Overstock or destroy and erase all original and copies, summaries, abstractions and other iterations (regardless of form) of the Overstock Content.

4.3.          Third Party Content.  Overstock shall obtain and maintain throughout the Term, at Overstock’s sole cost and expense,  a world-wide license to use the Third Party Content incorporated into the Web Site . Such license must include the electronic distribution and public display and performance of the Third Party Content and the right to modify, amend, create derivative works, rent, sell, assign, lease, sublicense, or otherwise alter or transfer the Third Party Content. If Safeway specifically requests the inclusion of certain Third Party Content, Safeway shall assist Overstock in securing the aforementioned rights to such Third Party Content.

4.4.          Copyright Notice.

4.4.1.       Overstock shall cause the following copyright notice (or any other notices as instructed by Safeway) to be displayed on each page of the Web Site on which Safeway Content is viewed: “© ____________ Inc.  All Rights Reserved.”

4.4.2.       Safeway shall cause the following copyright notice (or any other notices as instructed by Safeway) to be displayed on each item on which Overstock Content is displayed: “© ____________ Inc.  All Rights Reserved.”

4.5.          Use of Name, Trademark and Logos.

4.5.1.       Each Party understands that listing the other as a customer, client, or otherwise, has value, and therefore agrees that each Party will submit to the other Party for such Party’s prior written approval all marketing, advertising, press releases, and all other promotional materials (including sales literature, press releases, trade shows, posters, reference lists, or similar public announcements) referencing the other Party and/or the other Party’s trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyright or other Intellectual Property right, prior to the use or distribution of such materials. Neither Party shall use or distribute any such material unless and until it receives the other Party’s written approval to do so. Approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Once approved, such materials may be reused until such approval is reasonably withdrawn with reasonable prior notice.

4.5.2.       In using the other Party’s trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyright or other Intellectual Property right hereunder, each Party acknowledges and agrees

 

14



 

that; (i) the other Party’s trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyright or other Intellectual Property right shall remain the sole property of the other Party; (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall confer in the Party any right of ownership in the other Party’s trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyright or other Intellectual Property; and (iii) the Party shall not now or in the future contest the validity of the other Party’s trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyright or other Intellectual Property right.

4.5.3.       The Parties acknowledge and agree that, in light of certain conflicts [*], Safeway may condition its consent under Section 4.5.1 [*] and may impose special conditions [*].

5.     AUDIT RIGHTS.

5.1.          For the purpose of confirming the accuracy of payments either made or outstanding under this Agreement, Safeway will have the right to, or to direct an independent “Big Five” auditor to, audit all books, records and documents of Overstock that relate to this Agreement or payments made or otherwise outstanding hereunder. Safeway shall give Overstock [*] prior written notice of such audit, and shall conduct such audit during regular business hours in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with Overstock’s business.

5.2.          Overstock shall, during the Term and for [*] thereafter, keep and maintain all books and records as are necessary to substantiate, without limitation, Product costs, gross sales calculations, net sales calculations, Product shipments, Product sales, accounts receivable and invoiced amounts.

5.3.          All audits shall be at the expense of Safeway unless the audit reveals non-compliance by Overstock with the terms of this Agreement, in which case the audit shall be at the expense of Overstock.

6.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

6.1.          General Representations and Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants for the benefit of the other that: (a) it has full and requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform under and grant the rights specified in this Agreement; and (b) in performance of its obligations under this Agreement it will comply with all Applicable Laws now or hereafter enacted that are applicable to performance under this Agreement,  including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and other Applicable Laws relating to the handling of personally identifiable data, and all Applicable Laws which regulate any material because it is radioactive, toxic, hazardous or otherwise a danger to health, reproduction or the environment, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Conservation Recovery Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Clean Air Act, the Montreal Protocol, the Toxic Substances Control Act and similar laws, rules, statutes, treaties or orders and international understandings.

6.2.          Overstock Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

6.2.1.               Service.  Overstock represents, warrants and agrees that all services to

 

15



 

be provided under this Agreement shall be performed in a professional, competent, and timely manner by appropriately qualified personnel in accordance with this Agreement.

6.2.2.               Third Party Compensation.   Overstock represents and warrants that it has not received any compensation from a third party to include any programs, data, hyperlinks, advertisements, or other Content in the Web Site.

6.2.3.               Authority to License.  Overstock represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to grant the rights granted by this Agreement to Safeway (including without limitation, the right to use the Third Party Content), that no consent of any other person or entity is required by Overstock to grant such rights.

6.2.4.               Non-Infringement.  Overstock represents and warrants that to the best of Overstock’s knowledge neither the performance of this Agreement by Overstock, nor the license to, and use by, Safeway and the Web Site users of the Overstock Content, Third Party Content, Custom Content or Web Site will in any way violate any agreement, nor constitute an infringement or other violation of any copyright, trade secret, trademark, service mark, patent, design, proprietary information, or other Intellectual Property of any third party.

6.2.5.               Quiet Enjoyment.  Overstock represents and warrants that Safeway and the users of the Web Site shall be entitled to use the Overstock Content, Third Party Content, Custom Content and Web Site without unscheduled disturbance in accordance with this Agreement, subject only to Safeway’s obligation to make the required payments under this Agreement.

6.2.6.               Title.  Overstock warrants that to the best of its knowledge, Safeway and its customers shall acquire good and clear title to the Products, free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances.

6.2.7.               Product Warranty. Overstock shall provide and (where possible) assign Product warranties or other warranties it receives from third parties in performance of this  program to Safeway. However, subject to the foregoing, Overstock (including its vendors and suppliers) is neither providing nor representing or warranting that Products under this Agreement come with any product warranty above or in addition to any manufacturer or vendor-provided product warranty for any particular Product. To the extent possible, Products will be provided under this Agreement with the remainder of the manufacturer’s stated Product warranty (if any) in place.

6.3.          Safeway Warranties. Safeway warrants to Overstock that  all Content provided to Overstock by  Safeway is either owned or properly licensed by Safeway or is in the public domain and the use thereof by Overstock will not infringe any Intellectual Property rights of any third party.

6.4.          Limited Warranty. UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

16



 

6.5.          Limitation of Liabilities.  [*], BOTH PARTIES’ LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO MONETARY DAMAGES, AND THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT THEREOF FOR ALL CLAIMS SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AMOUNTS PAID BY SAFEWAY HEREUNDER DURING THE PREVIOUS TWELVE (12) MONTHS PERIOD. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER UNDER ANY LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY, FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, IN CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT. [*].

7.     INDEMNIFICATION

7.1.          Overstock Indemnity.

7.1.1.       Overstock shall indemnify, and hold harmless Safeway, its users, directors, officers, agents, employees, members, subsidiaries, joint venture partners, and predecessors and successors in interest from and against any third party claim, action, proceeding, liability, loss, damage, cost, or expense, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, arising out of, relating to or in any way connected with: (1) any claim that the Overstock Content, Third Party Content, Custom Content, and/or Web Site (collectively, the “Web Content” ) infringes upon or otherwise violates any copyright, trade secret, trademark, service mark, patent, design, proprietary information, or other Intellectual Property rights of any third party (unless such infringement was caused by Safeway), (2) any uncured material breach of its representations or warranties contained herein, and/or (3) any [*] of Overstock or its employees, contractor or agents.  Overstock shall pay all amounts that a court or arbitrator finally awards or that Overstock agrees to in settlement of such claim(s) as well as any and all expenses or charges arising from such claim(s) as they are incurred by Safeway or any other party indemnified under this Section.

7.1.2.       If the operation or use of Web Content becomes, or in Safeway’s opinion is likely to become, the subject of a claim, Safeway shall permit Overstock, at Overstock’s option and expense for all associated costs, either to (i) procure the right for Safeway to continue to use the Web Content or (ii) modify the Web Content in such a manner for it to become non-infringing, provided such modification does not cause the Web Content to fail to comply with any of the requirements of this Agreement, including all functionality, technical specifications, performance warranties, and Web Site Specifications.

7.1.3.       Overstock shall have no indemnity obligation under this Section 7.1 for claims arising out of any Safeway Content incorporated into the Web Site.

7.2.          Safeway Indemnification Obligations.

7.2.1.       Safeway shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Overstock, its users, directors, officers, agents, employees, members, subsidiaries, joint venture partners, and predecessors and successors in interest from and against any third party claim, action, proceeding, liability, loss, damage, cost, or expense, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees

 

17



 

as provided herein, arising out of or relating to: (1) any claim that the Safeway Content infringes upon or otherwise violates any copyright, trade secret, trademark, service mark, patent, design, proprietary information, or other Intellectual Property rights of any third party(unless such infringement was caused by Overstock), (2) any uncured material breach of its representations or warranties contained herein, and/or (3) any [*] of Safeway or its employees, contractor or agents.  Safeway shall pay all amounts that a court or arbitrator finally awards or that Safeway agrees to in settlement of such claim(s) as well as any and all expenses or charges arising from such claim(s) as they are incurred by Overstock or any other party indemnified under this Section.

7.2.2.       If the operation or use of Safeway Content becomes, or in Overstock’s opinion is likely to become, the subject of a claim, Overstock shall permit Safeway, at Safeway’s option and expense for all associated costs, either to (i) procure the right for Overstock to continue to use the Safeway Content or (ii) modify the Safeway Content in such a manner for it to become non-infringing, provided such modification does not cause the Safeway Content to fail to comply with any of the requirements of this Agreement, including all functionality, technical specifications, performance warranties, and Web Site Specifications.

7.2.3.       Safeway shall have no indemnity obligation under this Section 7.2 for claims arising out of any Overstock Content, Custom Content or Third Party Content incorporated into the Web Site to the extent that such Overstock Content, Custom Content, or Third Party Content (as opposed to Safeway Content incorporated therein) form the basis for such claims.

7.3           Indemnification Procedure. As an indemnitee under this Agreement, an indemnitee shall (i) promptly notify the indemnitor in writing of any such claim for which indemnity may be had, (ii) allow the indemnitor to have sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations so long as such defense and/or settlement proceedings do not impair the rights of indemnitee (however, indemnitee reserves the right to retain independent counsel of its choosing and at its own expense);); and (iii) provide indemnitor with reasonably available information, authority and assistance (at the indemnitor’s expense) necessary to perform indemnitor’s obligations under this Section.

8.     CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1.          The term “Confidential Information” shall mean (i) the terms of this Agreement (and not its existence), (ii) CustomerInformation, (ii) any information disclosed by one Party to the other pursuant to this Agreement which is in written, graphic, machine readable or other tangible form and is marked “Confidential”, “Proprietary” or in some other manner to indicate its confidential, and (iv) oral information disclosed by one Party to the other pursuant to this Agreement, provided that such information is designated as confidential at the time of disclosure and reduced to a written summary by the disclosing Party, within thirty (30) days after its oral disclosure, which is marked in a manner to indicate its confidential nature and delivered to the receiving Party. Notwithstanding the above, neither Party shall have liability to the other with regard to any Confidential Information of the other which: (i) was generally known and available at the time it was disclosed or becomes generally known and available through no fault of the receiver; (ii) was known to the receiver, without restriction, at the time of disclosure as shown by

 

18



 

the files of the receiver in existence at the time of disclosure; (iii) is disclosed with the prior written approval of the disclosure; (iv) was independently developed by the receiver without any use of the Confidential Information; or (v) becomes known to the receiver, without restriction, from a source other than the disclosure without breach of this Agreement by the receiver and otherwise not in violation of the disclosure’s rights.  In addition, each Party shall be entitled to disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information to the extent such disclosure is requested by the order or requirement of a court, administrative agency, or other governmental body, including the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, that the Party required to make the disclosure shall provide prompt, advance notice thereof to enable the other Party to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent such disclosure, confidential treatment of certain information, or otherwise prevent such disclosure.

8.2.          Each Party shall (i) treat as confidential all Confidential Information of the other Party, (ii) not use such Confidential Information except as expressly set forth herein or otherwise authorized in writing, (iii) implement reasonable procedures to prohibit the disclosure, unauthorized duplication, misuse or removal of the other Party’s Confidential Information, and (iv)  not disclose any of the other Party’s Confidential Information to any third party except as may be necessary and required under this Agreement, and subject to confidentiality obligations at least as protective as those set forth herein.  Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Parties shall use at least the same procedures and degree of care which it uses to prevent the disclosure of its own confidential information of like importance to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other Party under this Agreement, but in no event less than reasonable care. The receiving Party shall notify the disclosing Party, in writing, of any disclosure, loss or use of Confidential Information in violation of this Agreement promptly after the receiving Party receives notice of such violation.

8.3.          If either Party breaches any of its obligations with respect to confidentiality, or if such a breach is likely to occur, the other Party shall be entitled to equitable relief, including specific performance or an injunction, in addition to any other rights or remedies, including money damages, provided by law.

8.4.          With respect to Confidential Information in the receiving Party’s possession as of such expiration or termination, the receiving Party shall within [*] after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, return or destroy all such Confidential Information in its actual or constructive possession (including all original, copies, summaries, abstractions and other iterations, regardless of form) to the disclosing Party in any manner that the disclosing Party may reasonably direct.

9.     TERM AND TERMINATION

9.1.          Term.   Unless terminated earlier as provided herein, this Agreement shall have a term of [*] commencing on the Effective Date (the “Initial Term” ), unless terminated sooner by written notice given by a Party pursuant to this Agreement.  No later than [*] prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, or any subsequent Term, Safeway may give notice to Overstock, extending the term for [*].  For purposes of the exclusivity provisions of this Agreement, “Term” shall refer to the Initial Term and any renewal or subsequent term(s).

 

19



 

9.2.          Termination for Cause.   This Agreement may be terminated by a Party for cause immediately by written notice upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) if the other ceases to do business, or otherwise terminates its business operations; (ii) if the other breaches any provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days (immediately in the case of a breach of Section 11) of written notice describing the breach; (iii) if the other Party becomes insolvent or seeks protection under any bankruptcy, receivership, trust deed, creditors arrangement, composition or comparable proceeding, or if any such proceeding is instituted against the other (and not dismissed within ninety (90) days); (iv) in accordance with the Customer Service Standards and the Web Site Service Standards; and/or (v) following a force majeure event in accordance with Section 10.2.

9.3.          Survival. Sections 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 3.3, 3.10, 3.13, 3.14, 4-8 (inclusive), 9.3, and 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

10.  GENERAL

10.1.        Project Managers. Each Party will appoint a project manager ( Project Manager” ) as a primary point of contact for this Agreement, and will provide written notification to the other Party of the names of the Project Managers within five (5) Business Days of the Effective Date. The Project Managers shall be responsible for: (i) managing the day-to-day activities under this Agreement, (ii) serving as liaisons between the Parties, (iii) assigning and scheduling the appropriate personnel to perform all of the required services under this Agreement, and (iv) authorizing and executing any and all change order(s) in connection with the development of the Web Site.  In the event that either Party appoints a new Project Manager, such Party will promptly notify the other.  Should either Party be dissatisfied with the performance, competence, responsiveness, capabilities, cooperativeness, or fitness for a particular task of any person assigned by the other Party to perform services under this Agreement, including the Project Manager, such Party may request the replacement of that person.  Each Party shall endeavor to address the concerns of the other Party and, if appropriate, to replace the person(s) requested to be replaced.

10.2.        Force Majeure.   Neither Party shall be considered in default of performance of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent that performance of such obligations is delayed by acts of terrorism, civil disturbance, or acts of God; provided, however, that if performance is delayed by a force majeure even for a period of more than twenty (20) days, either Party, in its sole discretion, may terminate this Agreement.

10.3.        Assignment.   This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties hereto and their successors and assigns.  Neither Party may assign, license, or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however , that either Party may assign or transfer, in whole or part, this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations arising hereunder in connection with a sale, merger, acquisition or other disposition involving all or substantially all of its assets or liabilities if such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by all terms and conditions contained herein; [*].

10.4.        Independent Contractors.   Each Party shall perform its obligations hereunder as

 

20



 

an independent contractor of the other and shall be solely responsible for its own financial obligations.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to imply a joint venture or principal and agent relation­ship between the Parties, and neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to create any obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other in connection with the performance hereunder.

10.5.        Modification.   No alteration, amendment, waiver, cancellation or any other change in any term or condition of this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either Party unless the same shall have been mutually assented to in writing by both Parties.

10.6.        Waiver.   The failure of either Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement, or the failure to require at any time performance by the other Party of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall in no way be construed to be a present or future waiver of such provisions, nor in any way affect the right of either Party to enforce each and every such provision thereafter.  The express waiver by either Party of any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any future obligation to comply with such provision, condition or requirement.

10.7.        Notices. All notices, requests, or other communications (excluding invoices) hereunder shall be in writing and either transmitted via certified or registered mail, overnight courier, facsimile (with a machine-provided receipt), hand delivery or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested to the Parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be specified by written notice. Notices will be deemed to have been given (i) on the next Business Day if sent by overnight courier, prepaid, or by facsimile, or hand delivery, or (ii) three (3) Business Days if sent by U.S. mail, postage prepaid.

10.8.        No Third Party Beneficiaries.   Unless otherwise expressly provided, no provisions of this Agreement are intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person or entity other than Safeway or Overstock any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

10.9.        Severability.   This Agreement represents the negotiated agreement of the Parties, with the advice and assistance of counsel, and shall not be construed against either Party as the drafter thereof. In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with governing law or if any provision is held to be null, void or otherwise ineffective or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, (i) such provision shall be deemed to be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the Parties in accordance with Applicable Laws, and (ii) the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and will be construed in such a manner as to carry out the full intention of the Parties and the Parties will negotiate in good faith to replace any material provisions that have been determined to be invalid.

10.10.      Informal Dispute Resolution.   All disputes, controversies or claims (collectively, Disputes” ) arising out of or relating to this Agreement (excluding indemnity claims) shall initially be submitted to the Project Managers for good faith negotiations.  If the Project Managers are unable to resolve the Dispute within [*] after submission of the dispute to them, either Party may escalate the Dispute to the vice presidents (or other executive with a similar

 

21



 

level of authority) responsible for such Party’s performance of the Agreement for attempted resolution through good faith negotiations.  If such executives are unable to resolve the Dispute within [*] after submission of the Dispute to them, then the Parties may proceed to litigation or, if mutually agreed, arbitration.

10.11.      Arbitration.  Any Dispute (other than a Dispute under Section 8 of this Agreement) that the Parties are unable to resolve through the procedures set forth in Section 10.10 of this Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the following procedures:

10.11.1.   Either Party may demand arbitration by giving the other Party notice to such effect, which notice shall describe, in reasonable detail, the facts and legal grounds forming the basis for the filing Party’s request for relief and shall include a statement of the total amount of damages claimed, if any, and any other remedy sought by that Party.  If Safeway requests arbitration as a result of a perceived non-compliance by Overstock of the terms of this Agreement, the arbitration shall be held before one neutral arbitrator in Salt Lake City, Utah . If Overstock requests arbitration as a result of a perceived non-compliance by Safeway of the terms of this Agreement, the arbitration shall be held before one neutral arbitrator in the San Francisco Bay Area, California.

10.11.2.   Within 5 Business Days after the other Party’s receipt of such demand, the Parties shall mutually determine who the arbitrator will be.  If the Parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator within that time period, the arbitrator shall be selected by the AAA.  In any event, the arbitrator shall have a background in, and knowledge of, the retail sales business and the information technology and e-commerce industries and shall be an appropriate person based on the nature of the Dispute.  If a person with experience in both such industries is not available, the arbitrator shall be chosen from the large and complex case panel or, if an appropriate person is not available from such panel, the retired federal judges pool.

10.11.3.   The arbitration shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA, except as expressly provided in this Section 10.  However, the arbitration shall be administered by any organization mutually agreed to in writing by the Parties.  If the Parties are unable to agree on the organization to administer the arbitration, it shall be administered by the AAA under its procedures for large and complex cases.  Pending the arbitrator’s determination of the merits of the Dispute, either Party may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to seek injunctive or other extraordinary relief.

10.11.4.   Discovery shall be limited to the request for and production of documents and interrogatories.  Interrogatories shall be allowed only as follows:  a Party may request the other Party to identify by name, last known address and telephone number (i) of all persons having knowledge of facts relevant to the Dispute and a brief description of that person’s knowledge, (ii) any experts who may be called as an expert witness, the subject matter about which the expert is expected to testify, the mental impressions and opinions held by the expert and the facts known by the expert (regardless of when the factual information was acquired) which relate to or form the basis for the mental impressions and opinions held by the expert and (iii) any experts who have been used for consultation, but who are not expected to be called as an

 

22



 

expert witness, if such consulting expert’s opinions or impressions have been reviewed by an expert witness.  All discovery shall be guided by the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.  All issues concerning discovery upon which the Parties cannot agree shall be submitted to the arbitrator for determination.

10.11.5.   In rendering an award, the arbitrator shall determine the rights and obligations of the Parties according to the substantive and procedural laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to conflict of law principles.

10.11.6.   Each of Safeway and Overstock agree that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to join (and will allow the other Party to join) any third party that the Parties have agreed is indispensable to the arbitration.  If any such third party does not agree to be joined, the arbitration shall proceed nonetheless.

10.11.7.   The decision of, and award rendered by, the arbitrator shall be determined no more than thirty (30) days after the selection of the arbitrator and shall be final and binding on the Parties and shall not be subject to appeal.  Judgment on the award may be entered in and enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction.  Each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses (including filing fees) with respect to the arbitration, including one-half of the fees and expenses of the arbitrator.

10.11.8.   The provisions of this Section 10 will not be construed to prevent a Party from (i) seeking a temporary restraining order or injunctive or other equitable relief or specific performance with respect to a breach (or attempted breach) of this Agreement by the other Party, or (ii) instituting litigation or other formal proceedings to the extent necessary (A) to enforce the award of the arbitrator or (B) to avoid the expiration of any applicable limitations period.  Except for such matters, the Parties agree that the provisions of this Section 10 are a complete defense to any suit, action or other proceeding instituted in any court or before any administrative tribunal with respect to any Dispute.

10.12.      Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to conflict of laws principles. If Safeway commences suit hereunder, the Parties irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of courts in Salt Lake City, Utah. If Overstock commences suit hereunder, the Parties irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of courts in the San Francisco Bay Area, California.

10.13.      Interpretation.

10.13.1.   This Agreement hereto, represent and constitute the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter contained herein.

10.13.2.   When used in this Agreement, the terms “including” or “include” will not limit the generality of any provision of this Agreement but rather will be interpreted as if followed by the words “without limitation” or “but not limited to.”

10.13.3.   This Agreement and any amendment hereto or any other document

 

23



 

delivered pursuant hereto may be executed by telecopy, in one or more counterparts, and by different Parties in separate counterparts.  All of such counterparts will constitute one and the same agreement (or other document) and will become effective (unless otherwise provided therein) when one or more counterparts have been signed by each Party and delivered to the other Party.  Any execution by telecopy will be followed promptly by the delivery of signed original counterparts to the Party or Parties receiving the telecopy.

10.13.4.   Headings are inserted for convenience only and will not affect the construction of the Agreement.

                                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement by persons duly authorized as of the date and year first above written.

The Parties have signed below to indicate their acceptance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

SAFEWAY INC.

 

OVERSTOCK.COM, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Dmochowski

 

By:

/s/ Jason Lindsey

 

 

 

 

Name: Daniel Dmochowski

 

Name:

Jason Lindsey

 

 

 

 

Title: Vice President, Marketing Services

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

24



 

EXHIBIT A

PRIVACY POLICY

We use the information we collect when you log on and visit different sections of our site to help make our site, products and services more useful to you.  We also use this information to offer savings awards and other promotions to you.  We may use this information to give you personally-tailored coupons, offers or other information which may be provided to us by
other companies. We may create compilations of information that is not personally-identifying and provide this data to other companies to help them understand the demographics of our customers.

We do not sell or lease personally-identifying information to any other company, person or agency. “Personally-identifying information” means your name, address, social security number, bank account, credit card number, telephone number or other information by which you can be personally identified. We do not disclose personally identifying information to other non-affiliated companies or persons for commercial purposes. We may disclose personally-identifying information in response to a subpoena, court order or a specific request by a law enforcement agency, or as required by law.

Please remember that you may be asked for information by entities other than us when clicking on an advertisement or hypertext language linking this site to other sites. We do not exercise control over any information you give to any other entity, even if that information was provided after linking to the entity requesting the information from our website.

By using this site, you are agreeing to the conditions of this Privacy Policy.  IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THIS PRIVACY POLICY, DO NOT USE THIS SITE. We reserve the right at our discretion to change, modify, add, or remove portions of this Policy at any time. Any changes will be posted on the site. Please check this page periodically for changes.

 

 

25



 

EXHIBIT B

 

RECONCILIATION ILLUSTRATION

 

 

(See attached)

 

26



 

 

[*]

 

27



 

EXHIBIT C

WEB SITE SERVICE STANDARDS

Overstock shall comply with the technical requirements set forth in this Exhibit with respect to the Web Site.

 

1.     Servers; Capacity .  Overstock shall have a back-up server available and ready to operate in the event the main server ceases to function in accordance with this Agreement.  Overstock shall maintain sufficient Server capacity and Internet connectivity throughout the term of this Agreement to accommodate growth in user numbers and overall traffic levels to the Web Site. Overstock shall host and operate the Web Site such that users experience access times and times to retrieve full Web pages that are no slower than the access times and times to retrieve full Web pages by users visiting comparable Web pages hosted by Overstock for the Overstock Web Site.  Without limiting the foregoing, Overstock shall use reasonable commercial efforts to manage the Web Site so that usage does not exceed seventy percent (70%) of capacity.  In the event Overstock anticipates that such usage will exceed seventy percent (70%) of capacity within the next thirty (30) days, Overstock shall notify Safeway of this anticipated event within five (5) days. If usage does at any time exceed [*] of capacity, Overstock shall notify Safeway within one (1) day of such event.

2.     Site Availability .  Except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, the Web Site shall be available, via the Internet, and according to the terms of this Agreement, twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, without interruption, with the sole exception of scheduled maintenance periods ( Scheduled Maintenance” ), which shall not exceed two (2) hours per week.  Overstock shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct any Scheduled Maintenance on equipment during hours when the number of visitors to the Web Site is relatively low compared to the overall visitor access rates.  Overstock shall provide Safeway with at least twenty four (24) hours advance notice prior to conducting Scheduled Maintenance.  In the event that Site Availability for any month drops below [*] during the Primary Business Hours (as defined below) ( Site Availability Failure” ), Safeway shall have the remedies set forth in Section 10 of this Exhibit.  For the purposes of this Section, Site Availability will be calculated based on the following formula:

                        X = 100 [1 — (Y /Z)] where

X =          Site Availability

Y =          Total number of minutes that the Server is down in the applicable month.

Z =          Total number of minutes during Primary Business Hours in applicable month

3.     Problem Response .  Except during the Scheduled Maintenance period, if the Server or the Web Site becomes unavailable to users via the Internet, Overstock shall have qualified personnel respond immediately and render continuous commercially reasonable efforts until the problem has been remedied; provided that, in the event a problem arises outside of Primary Business Hours, Overstock’s obligation under this Section shall be suspended until the commencement of Primary Business Hours.

4.     Cooperation and Access .  Overstock shall cooperate fully with Safeway in providing Safeway with physical access to the Server on which the Web Site is stored during normal business hours as reasonably requested by Safeway given a minimum of [*] notice and in removing access by the general

 

28



 

public to the Web Site from Overstock’s computers upon the written request of Safeway.

5.     Back-Up .  Overstock shall maintain daily onsite and weekly offsite back-up copies of Customer Information and all other information necessary or desirable to calculate revenues and pricing hereunder.  Overstock shall provide a copy of all such back-up materials in a form and manner acceptable to Safeway within seventy two (72) hours of Safeway’s request.

6.     Product Updates . Overstock will promptly update the Products promoted on the Web Site so that at no time will more than [*] of Products be unavailable to users for immediate delivery.

7.     Security .  Overstock shall use commercially reasonable efforts to secure the Web Site, reports, Customer Information, and the physical location where the Web Site programs, computers and data are stored, against unauthorized intrusions, modifications, introduction of viruses or damage. All transactions made through the Web Site shall be received and processed using a secure Server.  The Server shall log all visits to the Web Site, along with all relevant available information pertaining to the visits.

8.     Bug Fixes .  Overstock shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any bugs or other problems or irregularities that affect the proper operation of the Web Site within [*] of discovery thereof.

9.  Abandonment .  Overstock shall use its best efforts to minimize shopping cart abandonment on the Web Site.

10.   Reports .  Within two (2) Business Days after any outage, Overstock shall provide Safeway with Web Site outage reports specifying, the time of outage, response time, time to repair and a root cause analysis.  Within ten (10) days after the end of each calendar month, Overstock shall provide Safeway with the following monthly reports specifying (i) the average percentage of Products shown on the Web Site that are available for immediate delivery, (ii) any virus or other similar repairs during the preceding month and the time to complete all such repairs,  (iii) average capacity during the preceding month, and (iv) the abandonment report.

11.     Remedies for Failures .  For each failure to satisfy the standards set forth in Sections 1, 2, 3, 6 , 8, or 10 during the Term (each, a Service Standard Failure” ), Overstock shall provide Safeway with a credit of [*] to be applied on Safeway’s next order, or if such credit remains at the end of the Term, Overstock shall pay all credits to Safeway within [*].  In the event that the combined number of Site Specification Failures equals or exceeds [*] during any [*] period, Safeway, in addition to any other rights or remedies it may have under the Agreement, shall have the right to terminate the Agreement.

 

29



 

EXHIBIT D

CUSTOMER SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

 

Company shall comply with the following customer service requirements:

 

1.                Receive and respond to e-mails and phone orders within one (1) Business Day  of receipt via a computer available to the customer service staff.

2.                Provide the User with an order confirmation within twenty four (24) hours of receipt.  Order confirmation should include any information on such order status, and expected delivery times.

3.                Maintain ability to handle volumes in excess of [*] of Company’s average daily order volumes.

4.                Receive orders on the Web Site or e-mail and process orders within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt.

5.                Maintain “best practices” customer service policies, e.g. “The Customer is always right, even when he/she is not.”

6.                Provide and staff a unique e-mail address for customer service for the Web Site.

7.                Post the complete and accurate details of Company’s customer service policies in the Web Site, including: return policies, warranty information, contact information and any other information as may be required by law.

8.                Provide Safeway with monthly reports specifying (i) email and phone order response time, (ii) order confirmation response time, (iii) average daily order volume, (iii) average daily order capacity, and (iv) order processing response time.

9.                For each any failure to meet the standards contained in Sections 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 ( Service Metric Failures” ) during the Term, Overstock shall provide Safeway with a credit of [*] to be applied on Safeway’s next order.  In the event that the combined number of Service Metric Failures equals or exceeds [*], Safeway, in addition to any other rights or remedies it may have under the Agreement, shall have the right to terminate the Agreement.

 

 

30